Home

NETPRT

1. 112 41 IBM 7318 Printing Scenario 20 147 42 i data 7913 Attachment Configuration1 166 43 i data 7913 Attachment Configuration2 166 44 PSF 6000 Connectivity Diagram 2 2 2 00 183 45 Overview of Supported Data Streams for AIX and PSF 6000 247 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 xi Xii Printing Under AIX V4 Tables 00 O21 Con IN 11 12 13 14 15 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 Printer Status Definitions 00 20004 Key Queue Stanza Fields in the qconfig File Field Name and Possible Values for qconfig Queue Device Stanzas User v Systems Administrator Use of Print Management Functions Colon File Fields to Be Set to Null for MT 87 2 2 2 PostScript Printers Supported by AIX V4 1 0 AIX V4 1 TranScript Utilities 2 aaa Key AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration Files and Programe ach ik Ue Re ea ee SO tk Bn A LE ha Rok Ee Y Commands Used in Printing 22 00 AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Compatibility with System V we AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Compatibility with BSD AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Compatibility with AIX V2 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1 PSF 6000 Printers Information 0 0004 Colon File Escape Sequences Examples xiii
2. to Hitt Hitt ce a a a a a A A a A a A AAAA AAA EAEE EAEEEH EEEE EEEEEE ce A a a A a a A A a A A ES h H S S kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk wd gt D lt kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk oe t T oe 5 oe vu X oe yo q kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk L J If you wish to create a new header perhaps called H a2 for use with a specific printer called quiet for example then you need to 1 Copy the nearest appropriate header or trailer format file to H a2 2 Modify H a2 as you require 3 Assuming a virtual printer for the printer quiet exists you have to edit the sh attribute in the virtual printer database for the printer in question You need to find the sh attribute in the usr lib lpd pio custom file for your printer You can Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 103 change the burst page file name by editing this line and changing H ascii to H a2 Below is an example of the sh attribute line You can see H ascii part way along the line It is probably best to edit this file as use of the smit lsvirprt would require you to re key the entire line Note line
3. 50 19 Add a Print Queue Menu 2 0220 200 4 53 20 SMIT chque Screen 2 2 e na e ea e E a a 58 21 Canceling All Jobs on a Queue Using qadm 59 22 Bringing Down Queues Using qadm 59 23 Bringing Up Queues Using qadm aaa aaa 60 24 Removing a Specified Queue Using rmque 60 25 Creating a Queue Device under AIX V4 1 anaana aaa 62 26 Display Current Printer Settings for Printer Ip0 Using splp 68 27 Listing Current Attributes for Device IpO Using Isattr 69 28 Listing the Default Attributes for Device Ip0 Using Isattr 69 29 Listing Possible Attributes for a Printer Using Isattr 70 30 Changing Printer Settings Usingsplp 70 31 The Virtual Printer Database 2 22004 72 32 Virtual Printer File Naming Convention for usr Ipd ddi 73 33 Example of an Entry in the predef andcustom Files 73 34 Virtual Printer Viewed via chvirprt or Isvirprt 2 2 ee 74 35 An Example of a Shell Script to Use via the Spooler 101 36 The Standard usr ib lpd pio ourst H ascii File 102 37 Values of Variables in Burst Page Format Files 103 38 Console Message Sent Using qprt M 2 2 107 39 Printing Output on 3812 2 2 2 02 0002 00200208 109 40 An Overview of Remote Printing
4. 107 5 7 6 6150 Client to RISC System 6000 Server 108 5 7 7 Printing the Contents of an X Window 108 Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 111 6 1 1 An Overview of Remote Printing 111 6 1 2 Controlling the Ipd Daemon oaaae aaa 116 6 1 3 Using and Managing Remote Printers 120 6 2 IBM 4033 LAN Connection aaa aaa 131 6 2 1 IBM 4033 Description oaa aaa a 131 6 2 2 Installing a 4033 Attached Printer 132 6 2 3 Installing the 4033 AIX Utility aaa aaa 132 6 2 4 Running the 4033 AIX Utility aaa aa 133 6 3 IBM LaserPrinter Integrated Network Option 139 6 3 1 Internal Network Adapters for AIX V 4 14 139 6 3 2 How the Internal Network Adapter Work 140 6 3 3 Installing the INA Attached Printer 140 6 4 Hewllet Packard JetDirect Card 0 2 0000200000000 143 6 4 1 External JetDirect Card 2 0 143 6 4 2 Integrated JetDirect Card 2 2 146 6 5 IBM 7318 Serial Communication Network Server 146 6 5 1 Configuring the 7318 Model P10 147 6 5 2 Configuring a Parallel Printer 149 6 6 IBM 3930 03D and 03S Printer 2 00 152 Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 153 7 1 Description of PSF 6000 2 2 2 2
5. 0 E 3 Generic Formatter 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0c E 3 1 Compiling and Linking a Print Formatter E 3 2 A Print Formatter Example Program Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic F 1 How to Interpret the iptrace Command F 2 Example Using the iptrace Command F 3 Summary of iptrace Report 2 0 00 0002 2 eee Appendix G Data Streams 000 G 1 What is a Data Stream aaa aaa 0000000000 G 2 Most Popular Data Streams Description G 2 1 Hewlett Packard Printer Control Language HP PCL G 2 2 Proprinter Data Stream 0 0020000000035 G 2 3 PostScript Data Stream 2 0 0 0 0 000 5 G 3 Data Streams Supported by Print Services Faciliy 6000 G 4 Overview of Supported Data Streams for AIX and PSF 6000 Appendix H Printing Tips 02000 H 1 How does One Use a Single Queue for Both PostScript and ASCII H 2 How to Support any Native Typefont on the HP Laserjet III or IV PCL H 2 1 How to Change the mU Attribute 2 0 0 4 H 3 How to Use the PCL5 Overlay Capability with the 4039 Virtual Printer H 3 1 Creating a File with the Overlay H 3 2 Creating a Virtual Printer for Downloading the Overlay Printing Under AIX V4 219 220 221 221 221 225 225 226 229 229 230 240
6. Variables Referenced By Above define s int Pglen Pgwidth Tmarg Bmarg Indent Beginpg _Do_formfeed Passthru Init_printer Printing Under AIX V4 Restoreprinter Vincr _Vdecr struct str_info _Ff_cmd _Vincr_cmd _Vdecr_cmd TABLE OF ATTRIBUTE VALUES struct attrparms attrtableffi x name data type lookup address of pointer b VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Bmarg g VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Beginpg i VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Indent j VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Init_printer 1 VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Pglen t VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Tmarg w VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Pgwidth J VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Restoreprinter Z VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Do formfeed wo VAR_INT NULL union dtypes amp Passthru wf VAR_STR NULL union dtypes amp Ff_cmd i amp Vincr_cmd amp Vdecr_cmd amp Vincr amp Vdecr wi VAR_STR NULL union dtypes wy VAR_STR NULL union dtypes wv VAR_INT NULL union dtypes wD VAR_INT NULL union dtypes NULL 0 NULL NULL int pglen tmarg bmarg vpos vtab_base struct shar_vars sharevars struct shar_vars Setup Processing setup argc argv passthru unsigned argc char argvfi int passthru Initialize Variables and Command Line Values v
7. int ch while ch piogetc stdin EOF pioputchar ch if piodatasent amp amp Do_formfeed void piocmdout FF_CMD NULL 0 NULL return 0 restore Restore the Printer if Restoreprinter void piocmdout REST CMD NULL NULL return 0 Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic Printing through the network is something as normal as printing to a printer directly attached to your system Through networking you can access resources that can be attached to a system in the same room as yours or on the other side of the planet As TCP IP protocol has been used as the standard protocol for UNIX systems printing through the network under AIX is printing through TCP IP All the network services for printing are based on TCP IP In this section we will discuss an example using the iptrace command The iptrace command provides interface level packet tracing for internet protocols It records Internet packets received from configured interfaces In our example we will use iptrace to trace only the printer packets F 1 How to Interpret the iptrace Command Following is the procedure to get a trace output using the iptrace command 1 Issue the commands a iptrace p printer a b s client_host d server_host tmp trace out e p then the word printer to trace printer packets e a to suppress ARP packets e b to invoke bidirectional mode e s the client_host name
8. 8 wires 218 The NB cable 15 ft or the NC cable 9 inches are used to attach remote 128 Async Node 16 port adapters Part Number 43G0937 Maximum Length Customer Supplied 15 ft Sips ANTS cece te PELES PEI IIE A PEA TEREE System End Device End DB 15 DB 25 pin Signal pin I 1 RxD TxD 1 12 RxD TxD 2 14 RxD TxD 4 15 RxD TxD 5 16 TxD RxD 6 17 TxD RxD 7 1 19 TxD RxD 9 10 TxD RxD 10 Shell ShGnd_ ShGnd Printing Under AIX V4 D 2 7 Cable ND 128 Port Asynchronous Controller Cable 4 wires The ND cable is used to attach 16 port Asinc adapters Part Number No N P Pics Sates ON Cae he or ane Oe ATA System End Device End DB 15 DB 25 pin Signal pin 1 RxD TxD 1 2 RxD TxD 2 l 16 TxD RxD 6 17 TxD RxD 7 Shell ShGnd_ ShGnd l D 2 8 Cable NK 10 pin RJ45 to Db25 Converter Cable 9 inches Cable NK is used for connections to a modem connected to another modem from which you can attach another device such as printers via cable D Part Number 43G0935 Signal Name Remote Async Device RJ45 DB25 RI 1l 22 DSR 2 6 RTS 3 1 4 CHASSIS GNDI 4 SHELL TD Il 5 se vil RD 6 3 I S
9. Appendix E Virtual Printer Colon Files and Formatter 225 setup initialize passthru restore lineout Enter the following to compile and link the formatter cc 0 sample bI sample imp bE sample exp sample c E 3 2 A Print Formatter Example Program 226 xx Print Formatter Example include lt stdio h gt include lt piostruct h gt STRING CONSTANTS Initialize Printer Restore Printer Form Feed define INIT_CMD ci define REST CMD er define FF_CMD af INTEGER and STRING VARIABLES Page Length Page Width Top Margin Bottom Margin define Pglen _Pglan piomode define Pgwidth _Pgwidth piomode define Tmarg _Tmarg piomode define Bmarg _Bmarg piomode Indention Begin Page Form Feed Pass through define Indent _Indent piomode define Beginpg _Beginpg piomode define Do _formfeed _Do_formfeed piomode define Passthru _Passthru piomode Initialize Printer Restore Printer define Init_printer _Init_printer piomode define Restoreprinter _Restoreprinter piomode Command Names Form Feed Vertical Incrment amp Decr define Ff_cmd _Ff_cmd piomode define Vincr_cmd _Vincr_cmd piomode define Vdecr_cmd _Vdecr_cmd piomode Work Variables For Vertical Increment amp Decrement define Vincr _Vincr piomode define Vdecr _Vdecr piomode
10. You can also add a print queue through the command line but as we said before using SMIT to add a print queue avoids you dealing with a queue and a queue device You have to perform two steps to add a print queue through the command line 1 Add a queue using the mkque command For example the following command will configure a remote queue It configures just the queue and not the queue device mkque qlp a host joyner a rq 1p013 e The q flag specifies the name of the queue to be added Ip e The a flag specifies a line to be added to the queue stanza in the qconfig file host joyner and rq 1p013 These flags must be last when entering the mkque command on the command line 2 Add a queue device associated with the queue you have added using the mkquedev command That is for the queue we have added in the previous example the following command will add a device named Ipdev that has usr 1ib 1pd rembak as its backend e mkquedev qlp dlpdev a backend usr lib lpd rembak l e The q flag specifies the name of the queue this name must already exist to which the queue device is added The mkquedev command automatically adds the device attribute to the specified queue stanza 4 2 2 e The a flag specifies the attribute to be added to the device stanza in the etc qconfig file backend usr lib 1pd remback Displaying Print Queue Configuration Information Once printers have been
11. XIV Printing Under AIX V4 Special Notices This publication is intended to help customer personnel systems engineers and systems specialists to install configure and manage printers in the AIX V4 1 environment It contains information on AIX V4 1 and the AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem The information in this publication is not intended as the specification of any programming interfaces that are provided by AIX V4 for the RISC System 6000 5765 393 See the PUBLICATIONS section of the IBM Programming Announcement for AIX V4 for the RISC System 6000 5765 393 for more information about what publications are considered to be product documentation References in this publication to IBM products programs or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM operates Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only IBM s product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent program that does not infringe any of IBM s intellectual property rights may be used instead of the IBM product program or service Information in this book was developed in conjunction with use of the equipment specified and is limited in application to those specific hardware and software products and levels IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any l
12. Xstation NAME Move cursor to desired item and press Enter tx24 itsc austin ibm com Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel Fl F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 Nani aap 6 The following screen is displayed after selecting tx24 itsc austin ibm com Xstation NAME Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields x Xstation NAME tx24 itsc austin ibm c gt Xstation Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Xstation 120 Xstation 130 Xstation 140 Xstation 150 Xstation 160 F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F1 F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 7 In the previous screen select the Xstation model In our example tx24 itsc austin iobm com is an Xstation model 120 After making this selection a screen like the following is displayed Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 95 Xstation NAME Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Xstation NAME tx24 itsc austin ibm c gt Xstation Type Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter p Parallel s Serial Port F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F1 F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 8 We have selected the parallel interface in this example The following screen is displayed an Add a Print Queue Type or select values in
13. lsque q Ip device lpdev host joyner rq 1p013 The q flag specifies the name of the queue stanza 2 To display queue stanza Ip in colon format enter lsque c q Ip name device discipline up acctfile host s_statfilter l_statfilter rq lp lpdev fcfs TRUE FALSE joyner 1p013 When the c flag is used the data is displayed in colon format This method of displaying queue data is useful because the colons may be used as field separators when using the output from this command in a shell script 4 2 3 Modifying a Print Queue Configuration 56 After print queues have been added it is sometimes necessary to change the information associated with the various attributes or add attributes that were not specified in the original configuration The smit chque command changes the print queue information by changing the stanza in the qconfig file Within that stanza each attribute that matches one of the Attribute Value pairs passed by SMIT will be replaced by the one entered by SMIT If no match is found the Attribute Value pair is added to the end of the stanza The device attribute cannot be changed using this command To use SMIT enter o smit chque l After entering the command the following screen is displayed Printing Under AIX V4 Print Queue to Change Show Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields
14. 22 2020 02000 153 7 1 1 The Advanced Function Presentation 153 7 1 2 Supported Input and Output Data Streams 154 7 1 3 PSF 6000 Resources 2 000000 004 155 7 1 4 PSF 6000 Environments 220004 156 7 2 Printer Installation and Configuration for PSF 6000 156 7 3 AlX Defined Printers Installation and Configuration 157 7 3 1 Installing a AlX Defined Printer 0 157 7 3 2 Configuring a Virtual Printer Print Queue and Queue Device 158 7 3 3 Adding a PSF 6000 Queue for PCL Output 159 7 4 Channel Attached Printer Installation 160 7 4 1 Installing the S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter 161 7 4 2 Loading the S 370 Channel Emulator A Device Driver 161 7 4 3 Configuring PSF 6000 for Channel Attached Printer 162 7 4 4 Verifying the S 370 Channel Attachment 163 7 5 Installing an i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment 165 7 5 1 Understanding the Use of the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment nsi p eee eo e ae ee Heide A ae ee ae A 165 7 5 2 Understanding How the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment Fits into Network Configurations 2 165 7 5 3 Configuring the bootp Server 0 0 00004 167 7 5 4 i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment and Printer Setup 169 7 5 5 Attaching the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachmen
15. H 3 How to Use the PCL5 Overlay Capability with the 4039 Virtual Printer The IBM4039 printer has the ability to use downloaded macros to execute repeated actions These actions might be to draw a logo on demand to overlay a form or letterhead or to put the printer in a special mode If the 4039 has FLASH memory installed then this macro can be stored in the printer and does not have to be downloaded with each job The key to this action is the PCL5 MACRO commands These are esc amp f Y Set the macro ID number esc amp f0X Start a macro definition for last ID esc amp f1X Stop a macro definition for last ID esc amp f2X Execute the specified macro esc amp f3X Call the specified macro esc amp f4X Put the macro in automatic overlay mode esc amp f5X Disable automatic overlay mode esc amp f6X Delete all macros esc amp f7X Delete all temporary macros esc amp f8X Delete specified macro esc amp f9X Make macro temporary esc amp f 10X Make macro permanent The steps to place a macro in flash memory are to create a file with the download sequence and macro then place the full path name of that file in the mF attribute for a 4039 virtual printer It is best to use a separate download virtual printer because this file will be downloaded each time that the virtual printer is used Print to this virtual printer and the file will be download H 3 1 Creating a File with the Overlay Follow these steps 1 Issue the command to
16. KeKKKKKKKKKK REMBAK sends control file with flags to print xxxxxxxxx packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 87 ip_id 11026 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f52 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632230 th_ack e7a4fe06 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th _sum a28f th _urp 0 00000000 48746573 63680a50 726f6f74 0a666466 Htesch Proot fdf 00000010 41353636 74657363 680a5564 66413536 A566tesch UdfA56 00000020 36746573 63680a4e 61616161 61610a 6tesch Naaaaaa kkkkkkkkkkk Server acknowledges receipt of file xk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic 237 238 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19
17. You must have root user authority or belong to either the system group or printq group to run this command To use SMIT use the smit qpri command Let s show an example using the qpri command Before changing the priority of a job let s display the current job priorities Chapter 3 Printing Files 41 42 qchk L Queue Dev Status Job Name From To Submitted Rnk Pri Blks Cp PP 4019asc 1pO0 DEV_WAIT 28 install ps root bob4 root bob4 11 12 94 12 51 56 1 15 508 1 var spool 1pd dfAQ09bob4 QUEUED 27 inst ps root root 11 12 94 12 29 20 2 15 224 1 inst ps QUEUED 30 figurel ps root root 11 12 94 15 58 35 3 15 224 1 var spool qdaemon ts5gdWa L J Notice that each job has the same priority 15 however the rank that they are to be printed is displayed as 1 through 3 To change job number 30 to priority number 18 enter f qpri 30 a 18 qchk L Queue Dev Status Job Name From To Submitted Rnk Pri Blks Cp PP 4019asc 1p0 DEV_WAIT 28 install ps root bob4 root bob4 11 12 94 12 51 56 1 15 508 1 var spool 1pd dfAQ09bob4 QUEUED 30 figurel ps root root 11 12 94 15 58 35 2 18 224 1 var spool qdaemon ts5gdWa QUEUED 27 inst ps root root 11 12 94 12 29 20 3 15 224 1 inst ps g J Notice that the job with the status of DEV_WAIT could not be bumped down in priority Giving job number 30 a priority of 18 has moved it from rank position 3 to rank position 2 Notice that the new priority
18. e Ensure TCP IP is running e Ensure that the qdaemon is running 5 7 3 3 16 Port RS 232 Adapter The IBM 16 port adapter does not support CTS Clear to Send If a printer is connected to this device and the printer is powered off while a job is printing the job will not finish printing The job will have to be restarted or deleted manually in this instance 5 7 4 Using Messages to a Printer Operator 106 Messages may be used to inform a printer operator when some action on the part of the operator is required before a job can be printed For example a user may require a specific print form or a differently colored paper to be loaded Messages can be included in the print job using the m or M flags with qprt command for example If a job is sent to a printer with a message it is queued and will issue the operator a message when it is ready to print The printer status will then be OPR_WAIT This indicates that the job is waiting for an operator response before proceeding To help clarify the use of this facility lets look at an example where a user would like a print job printed on pink paper To facilitate this the user must 1 Create a standard message file that is sent to the operator when pink paper is required To do this use your favorite editor to create a file In our case the file will be u a948r3 message The contents of u a948r3 message are m Please change to pink paper for this job 2 Now to
19. finger stream rusersd wq N vi etc inetd conf tcp udp tcp tcp tcp udp udp udp tcp rexd sunrpc_tcp tcp rstatd sunrpc_udp udp nowait wait nowait nowait nowait wait wait wait nowait wait wait sunrpc_udp udp root root root root root root root nobody nobody root root wait internal internal etc ftpd ftpd etc telnetd telnetd internal internal etc bootpd bootpd etc tftpd tftpd n etc fingerd fingerd usr etc rpc rexd rexd 100017 1 usr etc rpc rstatd rstatd 100001 1 3 root usr etc rpc rusersd rusersd 100 6 Due to the changes made to the etc inetd conf file you have to refresh inetd using the following commands inetimp refresh s inetd 0513 095 The request for subsystem refresh was completed successfully 7 5 4 i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment and Printer Setup Since we are going to use a token ring attachment we are using the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment Model 03 For an Ethernet attachment you will need Model 04 7 5 4 1 Setting the Controls for the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment Token Ring Network Model For this model you have to set the RINGSPEED acording to the token ring speed of your network in this case 16 Mb s Also you have to define the type of printer you are going to use in this case we select coax because the IPDS IBM 4028 NS1 has coaxial attachment Make sure that 7913 is unplu
20. lpd spooler 10862 active F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shell F1Q Exit Find n Find Next L J 6 1 2 7 Controlling the Ipd Daemon via the SRC Under the SRC the Ipd daemon is a member of the TCP IP group and must be running to support remote print requests Use the following SRC commands to manipulate the Ipd daemon startsrc Starts a subsystem group of subsystems or a subserver stopsrc Stops a subsystem group of subsystems or a subserver refresh Causes the subsystem or group of subsystems to reread the appropriate configuration file traceson Enables tracing of a subsystem group of subsystems or a subserver tracesoff Disables tracing of a subsystem group of subsystems or a subserver Issrc Gets the status of a subsystem group of subsystems or a subserver 6 1 2 8 Examples of Using the SRC to Control the Ipd Daemon The following examples show how to start Ipd and are only used when currently running 1 To start the Ipd server daemon enter startsrc s Ipd 0513 059 The lpd Subsystem has been started Subsystem PID is 10058 2 To start the Ipd server daemon with the debugging option enter startsrc s Ipd a d 0513 059 The Ipd Subsystem has been started Subsystem PID is 8784 The d flag sends debugging information to the syslogd command 3 To send logging information to the stderr daemon enter Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 119 startsrc s Ipd
21. or the specific IP address e d the server_host name or the specific IP address b 1s 1 tmp e Make sure the file is 11 bytes c lt enter the command you would like to trace gt e Make any files sent to the printer very small e Example echo this is test data qprt Pqueuename d 1s 1 tmp e Make sure the file is larger than 11 bytes e If not Try the specific IP addresses under client and server Check to see if the names were entered correctly e ps ef grep iptrace f kill 9 lt pid gt 2 Format the output with the ipreport command e ipreport tmp trace out gt tmp report out Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 229 3 In the tmp report out file pay attention to the TCP header breakdown stanzas The three fields to pay attention to are a lt source port destination port gt which will tell you what direction the packet is traveling b flags lt gt which will tell you what whether it s trying to synch acknowledge reset push or finish c 00000000 some hex numbers ascii equivalent which will show the data transmitted F 2 Example Using the iptrace Command 230 In this example we have used the following commands and the procedure in section F 1 How to Interpret the iptrace Command on page 229 iptrace p printer a b s tesch aix dfw ibm com d sbhat aix dfw ibm com gt tmp trace out echo AAAAA qprt Psanjay Where sanjay is a queue to the remot
22. p D Cancel a Print Job Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE containing job rasc required for remote jobs Print JOB NUMBER 1 Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do 5 To verify that the job has been canceled you can use the Ipstat command Cancelling a job using the cancel command As mentioned before you can cancel a job from the local system only when the print files are being proccesed by the local queue When the print file is being proccesed by the remote queue you have to use the cancel command at the remote system To cancel a job either from the local system or the remote system follow these steps 1 Check the the number of the queue you want to cancel by entering the following command Ipstat 2 From the following panel you can choose the print file you want to cancel Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 129 130 Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP 4019asc 1pQ READY 4019g1 1pQ READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pl READY psth gand READY psth psdup READY psdup ps403 READY ascth gand READY ascth ascdu READY ascdup asc READY rasc gand READY rasc asc READY 131 etc files txt root gandalf 1 1 1 1 1 2380asc tty0 READY a Blks Cp Rnk 3 To cancel job 131 enter the following command cancel
23. p PITCH characters per inch 10 q Attribute referenced by formatter but not used S TYPE STYLE name courier Figure 34 Virtual Printer Viewed via chvirprt or Isvirprt AIX V3 1 provided facilities to modify the virtual printer database Since AIX V4 1 has kept the virtual printer database but has hidden it under the unique concept of a print queue we will show how we can access the virtual printer database Let s show how to perform the following operations e Add a virtual printer e Show the attributes of a virtual printer e Change the attributes of a virtual printer e Remove a virtual printer 4 5 1 Add a Virtual Printer In AIX V3 1 you could use SMIT to add a virtual printer In AIX V4 1 you can still use SMIT to add a virtual printer but you will not have a specific SMIT screen for that In section 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue on page 18 when we were adding an IBM 4019 printer the following screen was shown 74 Printing Under AIX V4 Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 4019 LaserPrinter Names of NEW print queues to add ASCII O GL Emulation PCL Emulation PostScript 0 Printer connection characteristics PORT number p mR of PARALLEL INTERFACE standard auar TIME OUT period seconds 600 re to be configured at boot time available F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Re
24. usr 1ib 1pd piobe As you can see in the file dev ttyO stanza the output device for the terminal attached printer is the device driver for the terminal What happens if you want to print directly to the device driver instead of printing through the spooling subsystem We will show an example Log on to the terminal that has the printer attached in our example tty0 so that you can send data to be displayed in this terminal Type the following command on any other terminal not on ttyO mer Printing to terminal gt dev tty0 You will see a screen like the following on ttyO terminal g HittH RHEE EHHH HH tt tt HEERE HHH t ttt tt to PHHH HEERE HHH Hitt Hidde HoH HERRE tt tt dt tt F tE to t HEEE EO P O HHH to to Httttt EO HHHHE L 5 Even though the device driver defined in the qconfig file for the printer attached to the terminal is dev ttyO if you print directly to dev ttyO the output is sent to the terminal not to the printer If you want to print directly to the printer you need to send some control characters to the terminal prior to sending data to the printer These control characters tell the terminal to work in pass through mode that is
25. 1 Description of PSF 6000 Today s AIX printing environment is limited to small or medium range printers attached directly the RISC System 6000 via parallel or serial ports The printing speed of those printers usually is no more that 30 pages a minute Print management facilities are very limited and printers do not have error recovery when something occurs while you are printing In addition graphical resources such as fonts electronic forms overlays and graphics must be part of the application print file All of these limitations become very important when the companies want to migrate to UNIX environments and move away from mainframe solutions AIX printing is not as robust as it is on the mainframes Centralized printing as well as production printing is out of the question AIX and UNIX data streams such as ASCII PostScript and ditroff are not very familiar to people used to work with mainframes Systems 370 or 390 work more with line data or AFP data streams PSF 6000 is the software intended to cover some of the deficiencies that AIX has PSF 6000 is another product that belongs to the AFP Advanced Function Presentation architecture This architecture is the IBM presentation strategy for documents Pennant an IBM Company is in charge of commercializing and supporting this architecture 7 1 1 The Advanced Function Presentation Advanced Function Presentation AFP combines software programs and nonimpact all points addres
26. 1 and 2 This data stream contains all Proprinter QuietWriter QuickWriter and LaserPrinter 4019 and 4029 commands Level 1 Is the basic level of PPDS providing the basic services needed by any printer Level 2 This level incorporates enhancements in the font selection print quality selection and paper handling This level is represented by the Quietwriter Quickwriter family of products Level 3 Provides enhancements to the previous PPDS levels for page type printers such as the IBM Laser Printer 4019 These enhancements allow you to place text and images at any position on the page Cursor Positioning It allows you to work with forms overlays and repetitive command sequences Save and Manage Macros You can fill drawings with different patters Rule and Fill Finally you can change the orientation of the paper as desired Level 4 Adds new features to the IBM LaserPrinter 4029 and to the previous PPDS levels These features includes compression and decompression Raster image scalable fonts comprehensive font selection and enhanced orientations set print angle G 2 3 PostScript Data Stream PostScript designed by Adobe is a hardware independent programming language for output devices Postscript is designed for high quality output on different platforms PostScript Level 1 describes the basic Adobe PostScript set of functions e Stack oriented data stream Level 1 was the first data stream having its own stack and
27. 6000 Licensed Program Specifications G544 3815 IBM AIX Print Services Facility 6000 AIX for Users of PSF G544 3877 IBM AIX Print Services Facility 6000 Print Services Facility for Users of AIX G544 3814 IBM AIX Print Services Facility 6000 Print Submission S544 3878 IBM Page Printer Formatting Aid 6000 User S544 3918 IBM AIX Print Services Facility 6000 AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility 8544 3930 IBM AIX Print Services Facility 6000 Update Guide for Print Administration and Print Submission 544 5224 International Technical Support Center Publications A complete list of International Technical Support Center publications with a brief description of each may be found in International Technical Support Organization Bibliography of Redbooks Centers Technical Bulletins GG24 3070 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 xix XX Printing Under AIX V4 Acknowledgements The advisor for the second edition of this publication was Daniel Fran ois International Technical Support Organization Austin Center The authors of this document were Luis Gerardo Rico Ceniceros IBM Mexico Marcelo Assahina GSI IBM Brazil Thanks to the following people for the advice and guidance provided in the production of this document Kristin Moore Pennant System Dallas YS Botello Pennant System Boulder John Tesch IBM Dallas The author for the first edition of this publication was Mark Johnson Interna
28. 7 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 213 This diagram represents the IBM 8 Port Async Adapter EIA 232 Type 3 1 2930 the IBM 8 Port Async Adapter EIA 422A Type 3 2 2940 and the Interface Cable Assembly FC 2995 The Interface Cable J is supplied as part of the Interface Cable Assembly and therefore need not be specified with orders The Cable Assembly ports are labelled 0 7 and attachment cables D for EIA 232 and K for EIA 422 can be connected to any of the 8 ports Full modem controls are supported by this adapter D 1 3 IBM 16 Port Async Adapters C OE i se LoM Adapter _ l Ee a Leer ok D or K Interface Il IEI Cable Fs k kk Hie Ae el 10 15 This diagram represents the IBM EIA 232 16 Port async adapter FC 2995 the16 port Async adapter FC 2997 and the Interface Cable Assembly FC 2996 The Interface Cables L and M are supplied as part of the Interface Cable Assembly and therefore need not be specified with orders The Cable Assembly ports are labelled 0 15 and attachment cables D for EIA 232 and K for EIA 422 can be connected to any of the 8 ports The following interface signals are supported TXD RXD DCD and DTR D 1 4 IBM 128 Port Async Subsytem 214 Printing Under AIX V4 1 Pepe eae ok ere ok Ris oo ok Koo ok x_k Ress soos es Reece Rn oe Se KL ok 128 Port 16Prt 16Prt 16Prt 16Prt
29. 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 40 ip_id 32230 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecac ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e a4fe07 th_ack 50632261 th_off 5 flags lt ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum fecl th_urp 0 END OF REPORT F 3 Summary of iptrace Report 240 Direction Flag Data rembak gt Ipd syn x020405ac Ipd gt rembak syn ack x020405ac rembak gt Ipd ack rembak gt Ipd push ack 40asc Ipd gt rembak ack Ipd gt rembak push ack x00 rembak gt Ipd push ack 7 dfA566tesch Ipd gt rembak push ack x00 rembak gt Ipd push ack AAAAAA Ipd gt rembak ack rembak gt Ipd push ack x00 Ipd gt rembak push ack x00 rembak gt Ipd push ack 47 cfA566tesch Ipd gt rembak push ack x00 rembak gt Ipd push ack Htesch Proot fdf A566tesch UdfA56 6tesch Naaaaaa Ipd gt rembak ack rembak gt Ipd push ack x00 Ipd gt rembak push ack x00 rembak gt Ipd fin ack Ipd gt rembak ack Printing Under AIX V4
30. AFP Data Stream also includes the following objects e IOCA Image Object Content Architecture is an architected collection of constructs used to interchange and present images e GOCA Graphic Object Content Architecture provides a collection of graphics values and control structures used to interchange and present graphics data e BCOCA Bar Code Object Content Architecure is a collection of contructs used to interchange and present bar codes PostScript Level 1 and Level 2 You can create this type of data stream file by manually entering PostScript language commands or by using one of the many types of application programs that automatically generate PostScript ditroff This a data stream created by AIX troff formater ASCII With or without Proprinter escape sequences DBCS ASCII Double Byte Character Set for Japanese and Chinese Traditional only EUC Extended UNIX Code files without escape sequences formatting PCL Printer Control Language Printing Under AIX V4 S 370 line data 1403 line data EBCDIC This stream has no specific formatting instructions Communicated by means of escape sequences imbedded in the data stream and it is characterized by lines of data separated by a carriage return at the end of each line G 3 1 2 Output Data Streams PSF 6000 creates the following types of output data streams IBM IPDS Intelligent Print Data Stream is an all points addressable data stream that allows users to position text images a
31. Adobe Systems Incorporated defines PostScript in the following manner The PostScript page description language provides a device independent standard for representing the printed page PostScript is a programming language that allows applications or users to describe a page using text geometric figures and images The program must be interpreted to produce a printed page Modern printers generally interpret the programs themselves and are therefore sent a printer data stream that consists purely of the PostScript program The printer must interpret the program s instructions and construct each page before printing it Therefore the PostScript environment places different demands on the print spooling subsystem than many other printing technologies A PostScript data stream must be passed to the printer without modification The device driver must also pass the data stream to the printer with no change Further the PostScript program can include printer specific commands to do things like select paper source drawer font handling communications interfaces and printer administration These functions cannot be provided by adding escape sequences to the printer data stream as you would do for an IBM Proprinter 5 4 1 PostScript and AIX V4 1 AIX V4 1 provides support for a selection of PostScript printers virtual printers using the PostScript data stream and a set of utilities for transforming various forms of output to PostScript Some of
32. Assistant ta customize your system To learn how to best use Installation Assistant click an the underlined test hyperlink Using Installation Assistant In the following list click on the to read why to do the task and how ta do it Tege to go directly to the task application Set Date and Time set root Password Set Installation Device Configure Network Communications Manage System Storage and Paging Space trootvg Manage Language Environment VEER EE Create Users F Define Printers Import Existing Volume Groups Install Software Applications FFIPIE ERNE i i i i i i i i i i i F Back up the System Figure 9 Installation Assistant Window Chapter 2 Installing a Printer 27 Using the left mouse button click the i icon and the following window will be displayed Define Printers Fi why Do This Task Before you begin For local printers Attach the printer to the appropriate port Know the type of printer Know the adapter to which the printer is attached Know the serial or parallel port ta which the printer connects For remote print server Be sure TOPAP is configured and running Know the host name ofthe print server Know the name ofthe print queue on the host Know the operating system version running an the fost Instructions Click the picture and wait for a Single Select List window to open Click the item in the Single Select List to install printer softwar
33. Async Boe so KL oe NEINA KL ok Controller 52G44894 NBor NB or NB or NB or ND ND ND ND T 2 ee ok a ok oO ok X ok x_k Kian a PERNA ko k a FC 8128 16Prt 16Prt 16Prt 16Prt Falas a SOA ARS a een __ R R R R T Terminator 16Prt 16 Port Async adpaters R Remote 16 port Async adpaters The 128 port asynchronous adapter subsystem FC 8128 fulfil the multiuser requierements for workstations in the open system environment It provides support for attaching a maximum of 128 EIA 232D asyncronous serial devices such as terminals modems and printers It is an intelligent adapter with the ability to offload processing from the operating system 128 port product consists of an adapter card up to eight remote async node RAN units each supporting 16 devices for total of 128 devices per adapter The adapter can be connected to the RS 6000 via EIA 232 or EIA 422 cables or modems The number of 128 async adapters the can be installed is dependent on the number of microchannel slots available in the system with a hardware limit of seven adapters per bus Remote Async Node 16 Port EIA 232 or EJA 422 ee ot te ht ENA L Adapter ll a EEE x Hoos se k kk x_k Interface Il IEI Cable k shh ak pes NK or 10 15 NL or NM Appendix D RISC System 6000 Printer Cabling 215 D 2 Cable Pinout Diagrams T
34. Exit Enter Do Sai ik 5 After filling the previous panel the following stanzas will be created Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 121 122 rasc device gandalf up TRUE host gandalf itsc austin ibm com s_statfilter usr lib pd aixshort 1_statfilter usr lib pd aixlong rq asc gandalf backend usr 1ib 1pd rembak L y 6 1 3 3 Starting a Print Queue To start a print queue follow these steps 1 Enter the following command r smit qstart 2 Fill the required fields as follows fo a Start a Print Queue Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name rasc F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do Choose the remote queue that you have configured You may use the F4 key to list all available queues 3 Press Enter The command ran and the screen returned with an OK indicating successful completion of the command 6 1 3 4 Configuring a Remote Host as a Print Server As mentioned in section 6 1 3 2 Configuring a Remote Print Queue on page 120 the assumption has been made that the asc print queue is up and running and has a valid queue device defined We can now configure that system gandalf to accept remote print requests The etc hosts lpd file defines which remote systems are permitted to p
35. More Keys L J 1 With option 8 you can display the spooled file attributes Work with Spooled File Attributes Job QPADDEVQ001 File AS400FL User GRICO Number 1 Number 140127 2 From the command line enter the LPR command In the displayed panel fill all the required fields as follows Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 193 Send TCP IP Spooled File LPR Type choices press Enter Remote system gt bob4 Printer queue gt qaix Spooled file gt AS400FL Name Job name 2 gt QPADDEV0001 Name USOM Ss fen oo es Gots oe eat GR eed gt GRICO NAME Number 63 8 ee ke es gt 140127 000000 99999 Spooled file number gt 1 Destination type OTHER AS400 PSF2 OTHER Transform Scs to ASCII YES YES NO F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F10 Additional parameters F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys Notes 1 Its possible that when you print with LPR you get the following error message ie FATAL ERROR 0781 212 protocol error This error is caused because the LPR LPD support on the AS 400 and in AIX are slightly different levels of RFC 1179 Regardless of this error message you should be able to print without any problem 2 Since AIX is case sensitive you have to use single quotes in the LPR command when the name of the PSF 6000 queue is in lowe
36. PRINT QUEUE name 0 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do L y In the previous screen select the print queue to be changed Press F4 to see a list of available print queues In this example the following screen is displayed after pressing F4 Print Queue to Change Show Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name 1 PRINT QUEUE name Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll PRINT QUEUE DESCRIPTION 4019ascii ibm4019 ASCII 4019g ibm4019 GL Emulation 4019pcl ibm4019 PCL Emulation 4019ps ibm4019 PostScript p2 Ip F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F1 F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 J In our example p2 print queue is selected After the selection has been entered the following screen is displayed Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 57 58 PRINT QUEUE name 1 Queue Characteristics 2 Queue Device Characteristics Print Queue to Change Show Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields p2 Characteristic to Change Show Move cursor to desired item and press Enter F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F1 F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 Nive Select if you are mod
37. Printer Connection Printer Description Name Emulation Type ibm4202 3 rs232 IBM 4202 Model 3 Proprinter III XL iom4202 3 rs422 IBM 4202 Model 3 Proprinter III XL iom4207 2 parallel IBM 4207 Model 2 Proprinter X24E iom4207 2 rs232 IBM 4207 Model 2 Proprinter X24E ibm4207 2 rs422 IBM 4207 Model 2 Proprinter X24E ibm4208 2 parallel IBM 4208 Model 2 Proprinter XL24E ibm4208 2 rs232 IBM 4208 Model 2 Proprinter XL24E ibm4208 2 rs422 IBM 4208 Model 2 Proprinter XL24E ibom4208 502 parallel IBM 4208 Model 502 Proprinter XL24EK ibm4212 parallel IBM 4212 Proprinter 24P ibm4216 31 parallel IBM 4216 Personal Page Printer Model 031 ibm4216 31 rs232 IBM 4216 Personal Page Printer Model 031 ibm4216 31 rs422 IBM 4216 Personal Page Printer Model 031 ibm4216 510 parallel IBM 4216 Model 510 iom4224 rs232 IBM 4224 Printer Models 301 302 3C2 3E3 iom4224 rs422 IBM 4224 Printer Models 301 302 3C2 3E3 iom4226 parallel IBM 4226 Printer ibm4226 rs232 IBM 4226 Printer ibm4226 rs422 IBM 4226 Printer iom4234 parallel IBM 4234 Dot Band Printer Model 013 iom4234 rs232 IBM 4234 Dot Band Printer Model 013 ibm4234 rs422 IBM 4234 Dot Band Printer Model 013 ibm5202 parallel IBM 5202 Quietwriter III iom5204 parallel IBM 5204 Quickwriter ibm5204 rs232 IBM 5204 Quickwriter ibm5327 parallel IBM 5327 Model 011 ibm5572 parallel IBM 5572 Model B02 ibm5573 parallel IBM 5573 Model H02 ibm5575 parallel IBM 5575 Model B02 F02 ibm5577 parallel IBM 5577 Model B02 F02 H02 G
38. Printer Data Stream PPDS e Hewlett Packard Printer Control Language PCL4 PCL5 and PCL5C PSF Direct receives IPDS data from PSF MVS PSF VSE PSF VM or PSF 400 using an SNA communication network PSF Direct transparently forwards the data to a printer accessible to PSF 6000 Since PSF Direct forwards print data transparently printers managed by PSF Direct appear to PSF MVS PSF VSE PSF VM or PSF 400 to be simply SNA LU 6 2 attached IPDS printers PSF Direct does not spool data It simply acts as a transparent intermediary between PSF MVS PSF VSE PSF MVS or PSF 400 and a printer The operator at the MVS VSE VM or OS 400 system has in most cases the same ability to stop start forward space and backward space as would be available for printers attached to the system without using PSF Direct There are some restrictions for non IPDS printers PSF Direct behaves like RPM Remote Print Manager 2 0 However PSF Direct does support printer resident resources such as resident fonts PSF Direct supports many printers instead of one printer RPM 2 0 The only problem that would exist is by performance considerations such as the capacity of the RISC System 6000 the speed of the printers and complexity of the print applications Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix A AIX Print Commands A 1 Printer Configuration Files Commands and Processes The AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem is made up of a large number of configurat
39. Printing Under AIX V4 Type or select values in entry fields FILE to print Print QUEUE Data TYPE PostScript transform OPTIONS file NUMBER of copies Input BIN Duplex FORM DEFINITION name Printer RESOLUTION Type of IMAGE DATA to produce Image LENGTH Image WIDTH Other PostScript TRANSFORM options Search path for OVERLAYS Search path for PAGE SEGMENTS Search path for FORM DEFINITIONS Search path for FONTS Number of MESSAGES to print Send NOTIFICATION of job status Type of PRINT DATA ERRORS to report Job NAME Distribution Print HEADER page Print TRAILER page Print SEPARATOR pages CONSOLE acknowledgement message FILE acknowledgement message Priority LEVEL F1l Help F2 Refresh F5 Reset F6 Command F9 Shell F1O Exit Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Make a COPY of the file on the local host Applicable to local print jobs only ERASE the file from the system after printing F3 Cancel F7 Edit Enter Do Start a PSF 6000 Print Job PostScript Data Entry Fields q7913 PostScript 1 use form definition B 300 IOCA Group 4 compressi gt amar 1 Ws E A E a A S pjm ji F4 List F8 Image use form definition usr 1pp psf ps2afp sample ps at 5 You can also use the smit qprt command to print a file In this case you have to fill the required fields as follows Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 173 Start
40. RUNNING 39 smit log root 24 4 855 1 1 QUEUED 40 figurel ps root 224 1 2 QUEUED 41 prprint script root 27 1 3 4019g1 1pQ0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY To put job number 40 in HELD state enter fi qhid 40 qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ0 RUNNING 39 smit log root 34 7 855 1 1 HELD 40 figurel ps root 224 1 2 QUEUED 41 prprint script root 27 1 3 4019g 1 1p0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY ee In the previous command the flag specifies the job number 40 to be put in HELD state Notice that job number 41 is in rank position 3 after job number 40 Since job number 40 is in HELD state job number 41 will be printed first qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks_ Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ RUNNING 41 prprint script root 11 5 27 1 1 HELD 40 figurel ps root 224 1 2 4019g 1 1p0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY Chapter 3 Printing Files 39 To release job number 40 enter f qhid r 40 qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pO RUNNING 41 prprint script root 11 5 27 1 1 QUEUED 40 figurel ps root 224 1 2 4019g 1 1p0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY E J Notice that releasing job number 40 has changed its state from HELD to QUEUED If job number 40 was in rank position 1 its state was going to change from HELD to RUNNING In the p
41. This will prevent non BSD flags from being sent to the RISC System 6000 server 5 7 7 Printing the Contents of an X Window Many users of the RISC System 6000 will use the X Windows environment as a primary user interface It is possible to capture a window and print it to a suitable printer This is done using the xwd and xpr commands Below is an example of how this can be done 1 Select the window to print In this example we have selected the xdpsclock window 2 Ensure that the window of choice is not overlapped by other windows pop up menus etc The window capture program works by capturing a portion of the pixmap held by the X server in the box defined by the window boundaries 3 Enter the following command xwd xy xpr device 3812 width 2 qprt P1p0 The cursor on your X display will become a cross You must move it to the window you want printed and press the left mouse button The command above does the following e The xwd command selectes the window to be printed via interaction with the user The xy option is required when used with xpr It produces a xy format dumping and selects only the first plane of the pixmap for printing The default for xwd is to output to standard output We have piped this output into the xpr command e The xpr command formats the window dump generated by xwd for printing on a specified printer The device option selects an IBM 3812 printer for output in this case The other options avail
42. a 1 0513 059 The Ipd Subsystem has been started Subsystem PID is 15559 The 1 flag sends logging information to the syslogd command The etc locks Ipd file contains the PID of the currently running Ipd daemon After a system crash this PID may need to be deleted The following error message indicates the problem ie lock file or duplicate daemon l 6 1 3 Using and Managing Remote Printers The following sections will describe e Adding a remote print queue e Configuring the print server e Sending files across the network to a system printer e Displaying the status of jobs sent across the network e Deleting a job from a remote queue 6 1 3 1 Configuring a Remote Printer In the procedure that follows we will use as the local host norm used as an example in Figure 40 on page 112 As shown in Figure 40 on page 112 norm will be the local host the host where the remote queue is to be configured and gandalf will be the system which has the print device attached the remote host The first step in configuring remote printers is to configure a remote queue and queue device on the local host norm in the example 6 1 3 2 Configuring a Remote Print Queue To set up the remote queue rlp used in Figure 40 on page 112 perform the following tasks at the local host norm 1 Create the remote queue using the smit mkrque command e smit mkrque 2 Select remote from the following panel 120 Printing Under A
43. a Print Job Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields FILE to print etc motd PRINT QUEUE Queue Device q3825 NUMBER of copies 1 Make a COPY of the file on the local host no Applicable to local print jobs only ERASE the file from the system after printing no Send notification of job status no BURST status no burst pages USER NAME for Delivery to output label o CONSOLE acknowledgement message for 0 remote print FILE acknowledgement message for 0 remote print Priority LEVEL 15 Enter a number between 0 and 20 A user with administrative privileges for the qpri command may enter a number between 0 and 30 Larger numbers indicate higher priorities F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do alt Note This is only valid if the input data stream is AFP data stream or ASCII 7 7 2 PSF 6000 Printing from the AIX Command Line 174 The commands for printing from the AIX command line are from a heritage of the UNIX and AIX operating systems Due to this fact these commands are also available for use with PSF 6000 with the addition of several PSF 6000 specific parameters e enq P queuename o keyword value filename e qprt P queuename o keyword value filename e lp d queuename o keyword value filename e lpr P queuename filename If you are going to use o flags
44. a VM system to PSF 6000 you must have installed TCP IP for VM version 2 Release 2 program product 5735 FAL or later In addition the VM Ipr command has to support the BINARY option in order to print AFP data streams files The BINARY option is added via PTFs If you want to check if your VM system has installed this option issue the the HELP LPR command at a VM command line If the BINARY option appears in the help text you have the required PTF installed This section describes the tasks you have to perform in order to e Configure the RISC System 6000 server Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 189 e Configuring the VM client 7 10 4 1 Configuring the RISC System 6000 Server To configure the RISC System 6000 server for the VM host perform these tasks 1 Define the VM hosts to the RISC System 6000 by adding the VM hostname ausvmr austin iom com to the etc hosts file 2 Give the VM host authorization for using the Ipd daemon on the RISC System 6000 by adding ausvmr austin ibm com to the etc hosts pd file 3 Verify that the Ipd daemon is running by issuing the following command c ps ef grep Ipd 7 10 4 2 Configuring the VM Client To configure the VM client perform the following tasks 1 Define the RISC System 6000 to the VM System The system administrator has to add the PSF 6000 server hostname bob4 to the HOSTS LOCAL file on the TCPMAINT minidisk The system administrator has to run the MAKESITE program
45. a virtual printer It shows some of the printer attributes in a better way For instance the PAGE NUMBER where printing should begin is the _g flag you see when using the lsvirprt command If you need to change show more complex attribute strings editing the usr lpd custom file is more convenient If you edit the custom file you must use chvirprt or Isvirprt to digest the changes and reflect them in the binary version of the virtual printer This topic is discussed in greater depth in section 5 2 Configuring Nonsupported Printers on page 86 4 5 3 Remove a Virtual Printer Removing a virtual printer in AIV V4 1 is as easy as in AIX V3 1 Actually removing a virtual printer in AIX V4 1 is the same as removing a print queue To remove a virtual printer print queue follow the steps in section 4 2 5 Removing a Print Queue the rmque Command on page 60 You can also use the rmvirprt command to remove a virtual printer print queue in AIX V4 1 Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 77 78 Printing Under AIX V4 Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics In this chapter we will discuss some advanced printing topics The topics we will be talking about are e Printing via an ASCII Terminal Attached Printer e Configuring Nonsupported Printers e Printing via an IBM Xstation e PostScript Printing Some Differences e Using the Print Spooling Subsystem as a Generic Spooling Subsystem e Printer and Plotters T
46. aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 44 ip_id 32220 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecb2 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe01 th_ack 50632202 th_off 6 flags lt SYN ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum e770 th_urp 0 00000000 020405ac ae l packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 40 ip_id 11020 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f87 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632202 th_ack e7a4fe02 th_off 5 flags lt ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum ff25 th_urp 0 Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic 231 232 packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk SEND Print request with queue name k kkk kkk kkk 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9
47. ae A queue for each data stream supported by the printer will now be configured PPDS IBM ASCII Mode Enter print queue name or to bypass asc sa4033 Plotter Emulation Mode Enter print queue name or to bypass gl sg14033 HP Emulation Mode Enter print queue name or to bypass pcl pcs4033 PostScript Mode Enter print queue name or to bypass ps pss4033 Please wait 15 Now the queues are ready To check your 4033 queues enter the Ipstat command as follows Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk pcl14033 q4033 READY ps lpl READY bsh bshde READY qu3825 devl READY sa4033 s4033 READY sg14033 s4033 READY pcs4033 s4033 READY pss4033 s4033 READY pss4033 s2403 READY 16 To print a file enter the following command enq Pasc4033 etc qconfig 138 Printing Under AIX V4 6 3 IBM LaserPrinter Integrated Network Option The Integrated Network Option is the Lexmark MarkNet Integrated Network Adapter INA which is used in every IBM 4039 Printer With a MarkNet or MarkNet XL INA any 4039 printer will support the most common protocols including multiple protocols concurrently and varios types of cabling The INA as does the 4033 allows you to free up dedicated PC print servers for use as LAN workstations For enterprises with multiple protocols working concurrently t
48. asc READY asc ganda DEV_BUSY 136 etc qconfig root norm 2 1 1 ps n4019 RUNNING 135 tmp aix4ov f BaaO a948r11 0100 250 1 L J Notice that in the User column the user ID as well as the host ID are displayed Also the queue and queue device names are this time those of the remote host You can monitor the status of an specific queue and at the same time you can update this status acording to an specific period of time For example if you want to monitor the status of the remote queue rasc every 2 seconds enter the following command enq P rasc q w2 Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 127 128 Using this command you can know when the print job is processed first by the local queue and then by the remote queue 6 1 3 7 Cancelling a Job Sent to a Remote Queue You can cancel a job which was sent to a remote queue from the system you request to print the file only when the print file remains queued in the local queue This means that once the print file is in the remote queue you are able to cancel it only by accessing the remote system via telnet or rlogin and using the smit qcan cancel or rembak commands from there You can also use the rexec facility to execute the qcan command on the remote system The ways to cancel a job sent to a remote queue are e Cancelling the job at the remote server host as a user logged onto that system using the smit qcan or cancel command e Using the rembak command to
49. because it is not acknowledging the packets from the card To correct this problem you have to make sure that the entry in the etc booptab file matches with one printed out on the test page If the address doesn t match you have to repeat the procedure Note The bootptab entry must be removed manually 6 4 2 Integrated JetDirect Card In the case that the card is inside the printer the address can be set from the front panel of the the printer Then you have to add the name and address to etc hosts or nameserver The steps you have to follow are the same as the ones mentioned in 6 4 1 External JetDirect Card on page 143 The only difference is that in this case you have to choose to NOT make this system a BOOTP TFTP server and you don t have to fill the following fields HARDWARE ADDRESS of the JetDirect Card e GATEWAY ADDRESS e SUBNET MASK Note You should be able to ping the card like any other hosts 6 5 IBM 7318 Serial Communication Network Server 146 This feature provide RISC System 6000 systems with a LAN attached serial asynchronous connectivity The IBM 7318 Serial Communication Network Server Model P10 and Model S20 allows you to attach async devices such as terminals modems and printers to an Ethernet LAN attached to the RISC System 6000 or other systems The model P10 provides serial and parallel ports for one or more RISC System 6000 systems using standard Ethernet LAN wiring and protocols In add
50. boot host indicator T176 xstation only enable tablet T177 xstation only xstation 130 hard file usage T178 xstation only enable XDMCP T179 xstation only XDMCP host T180 xstation only enable virtual screen x_st_mgr tr120 ht tr hd etc x_st_mgr bf tr120 1170 2328 ds 9 3 1 74 gw 9 3 1 74 sm 255 255 255 0 bt P4028 ht 6 ha 23402030DDFF ip 9 3 1 31 sm 255 255 255 0 tx24 itsc austin ibm com tc x_st_mgr tr120 ha 10005ac3d4d6 ip jetdirect ht 6 ha 12DE34ADEFFF ip 9 3 1 32 sm 255 255 255 0 gw 9 3 1 74 Se SR SR OSE OSE OSE OSE OSE N If you can t print the job and you have a RUNNING status the JetDirect card is probably not booted and never received the tftp packets This could happend if you have faulty cables on unterminated Ethernet lines To check if there is a problem with the network you can ping other hosts You can also print an entire page by pressing the test button it normally takes about 45 seconds to start printing If you are using an integrated card select a test page from the printer menu Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 145 If IP address and subnet mask are blank then the card has not been configured The bootp should be in progress which means that the card is sending out boot packets but is not getting packets back from the the RISC System 6000 If the hardware address was entered incorrectly the JetDirect card will not receive replies from the RS 6000
51. bullpr88 vfu parallel Bull PR 88 VFU Handling bullpr88 vfu rs232 Bull PR 88 VFU Handling bullpr90 parallel Bull PR 90 bullpr90 rs232 N A canlbp parallel Canon Laser Shot LBP B406 S D A404 canlbp A404PS parallel Canon LASER SHOT LBP A404PS Lite canlbp A404PS rs232 Canon LASER SHOT LBP A404PS Lite Printing Under AIX V4 Table 13 Page 3 of 6 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1 Printer Connection Printer Description Name Emulation Type canlbp B406G parallel Canon LASER SHOT LBP B406G canlbp B406G rs232 Canon LASER SHOT LBP B406G dp2000 parallel Dataproducts BP2000 Line Printer dp2665 parallel Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer dp2665 rs232 Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer dp2665 rs422 Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer hplj 2 parallel Hewlett Packard LaserJet II hplj 2 rs232 Hewlett Packard LaserJet II hplj 2 rs422 Hewlett Packard LaserJet II hplj 3 parallel Hewlett Packard LaserJet Ill hplj 3 rs232 Hewlett Packard LaserJet III hplj 3 rs422 Hewlett Packard LaserJet Ill hplj 3si parallel Hewlett Packard LaserJet IIISi hplj 3si rs232 Hewlett Packard LaserJet IIISi hplj 3si rs422 Hewlett Packard LaserJet IIISi hplj 4 parallel Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4 4M hplj 4 rs232 Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4 4M hplj 4 rs422 Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4 4M ibm2380 parallel IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 rs232 IBM 2380 Personal Prin
52. check this quickly selecting the interface name you constructed above Look in the Current STATE field for a value of UP If the interface is not UP then you need to start TCP IP on this interface Use the smit tcpip fastpath and select minimal configuration and startup Assign the IP address network mask and cable type and start the interface 6 5 1 4 Parameter lan_1_network 00000002 This is a unique number for this host network Although this value defaults to 00000002 if you already have IPX running on the Ethernet you will need to make sure that this value doesn t conflict with the internal_network number of any other host on your IPX network or the external network number of any of the Ethernet segments in this network If you made any changes to this file you will need to reboot the system later on but continue with the following steps for now Record the relevant data from the 7318 on your 7318 configuration worksheet You will need to know the Ethernet address to complete the configuration process To add the adapter follow these steps 1 Enter the following command e smit ts7318_mnu 2 Fill the SMIT panel acording to the following directions 3 Fill in the New ComNetServer Number with next next available value 4 Fill in the ComNetServer Network Address with the value you set for lan_1_network in the NPSConfig file above This should be for the Ethernet segment on which the 7318 is attached 5 Fi
53. data sent to the terminal in this 84 Printing Under AIX V4 mode should be sent to the auxiliary port and not to the screen To exit from the pass through mode control characters need to be sent to the terminal The control characters we are using in the next example are valid only for the IBM 3151 terminal models 110 310 410 If you are using another terminal type you should find which characters makes your terminal work in a pass through mode Example Type the following command on the other terminal not on tty0 rt APAR gt dev ttyO i This tells the ttyO terminal to work in pass through mode These control characters can be obtained by holding the Ctrl key and typing vpvr This should be read as Ctrl P Ctrl R You do not need to hold the Shift key to get a capital p or capital r Now type the following command on the other terminal not on tty0 banner printing to printer gt dev tty0 l You should get the following output on your printer HEERE HHHH EO PHHH to HH tt tt tte HHHH t ttt to ott to PEH HHEH HHH Hitt ttt RHEE t PERRE BRE RHE tt Hitt HERRE AHHH HHRHH tt Hitttt Now anything that you send to ttyO is going to be sent to y
54. dev 1p0 header never trailer never access both backend usr 1lib 1pd piobe The d flag specifies the name of the device stanza that is displayed Ip0 Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 65 The q flag specifies the name of the queue containing the device stanza that is displayed 401 9ascii 2 To display the IpO device stanza on the 4019ascii queue in colon format enter Isquedev c q 4019ascii d 1p0 name file access feed header trailer backend align 1p0 dev 1p0 both never never never usr 1ib 1pd piobe FALSE As displayed when the c flag is used the data is displayed in colon format This format is useful if you wish to use the output of this command in shell scripts of SMIT discover strings e Listing All Configured Printer Plotter Devices for a Queue The 1sallqdev command lists all configured device names file within a specified queue in the etc qconfig file Examples 1 To list the names of all the configured queue devices within the 401 9ascii queue in the etc qconfig file enter Isallqdev q 4019ascii 1p0 The q flag specifies the queue name 401 9ascii 2 To list the names of all of the configured queue device within the 401 9ascii queue in the etc qconfig file in colon format enter Isallqdev q 4019ascii c 4019ascii 1p0 The c flag causes colon format output for use by SMIT 4 3 3 Modifying a Queue Device After queue
55. discussion of user messages 3 1 2 1 Displaying the Status of a Print Queue The qchk Command The qchk command can be used from the command line or via SMIT The qchk command displays the current status information regarding specified print jobs print queues or users Use the appropriate flag followed by the requested name or number to indicate specific status information 3 1 2 2 An Example of Using smit qchk 1 To use qchk from SMIT enter e smit qchk 2 The following screen will be displayed Printing Under AIX V4 Show the Status of Print Jobs Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name for all queues 4019ascii Print JOB NUMBER 0 Print JOB OWNER O Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1lO Exit Enter Do Neni nee In this screen you can choose to list information about all print jobs sent to a specific queue by filling the PRINT QUEUE name for all queues field with this queue name e If you want to list information about a specific job number in the specified queue fill the job number in the Print JOB NUMBER field e If you want to list information about a specific print job owner in the specified queue fill the Print JOB OWNER field with the print job onwer s userid To list information about all print requests on all queues fill the PRINT QUEUE name
56. e d2afp datatype ditroff This command transforms ditroff data that has been formated for an AFP device into an AFP data stream 7 7 2 1 Printing Examples with PSF 6000 This section describes the tasks to perform in order to print from SMIT and the command line The following examples are included e Printing an unformatted ASCII file e Formatting and printing multiple copies of an ASCII file using a page definition e Printing an AFP data stream file For these examples we are using the queues defined in other sections e The qaix queue which is a PSF 6000 queue that uses an AlX defined queue PCL e The q3825 queue which is a PSF 6000 queue associated with a Channel Attached printer e The q7913 queue which is a PSF 6000 queue associated with a TCP IP Attached printer via the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment Follow these steps to print using the command line Printing an Unformatted ASCII file 1 Enter either of the following commands Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 175 176 eng P q3525 etc motd qprt P q3825 etc motd 2 To print the same files using SMIT follow these steps a Enter smit psf on the command line b Select ASCII from the Type of Data panel c Enter etc motd in the FILE to print field d Enter q3825 in the Print Queue field e Press Enter to execute the printing request Formatting and Printing Multiple Copies of an ASCII File f you want to print a file downloaded fr
57. ee se sle Sess e SS sok ee esa Soh eee Ste ete sea eee eS ee amet 6 On the following panel you have to specify the name of the queue that you are Printing Under AIX V4 going to use on the client system Also you have to enter the host name or the internet protocol IP address of the remote system the name of the queue on the remote system to which the remote queue is going to be associated and the type of spooler on the remote server Add a Standard Remote Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Name of QUEUE to add raixq HOSTNAME of remote server bob4 Name of QUEUE on remote server q3825 TYPE of print spooler on remote server AIX Version 3 or 4 DESCRIPTION of printer on remote server LaserPrinter IBM 4039 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do a After you specified the values press Enter Now you have the following panel COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Added print queue raixq Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shell F1Q Exit Find n Find Next i see 7 Press F10 to exit SMIT 8 Enter the following command to test the remote queue enq P raixq etc qconfig 7 10 4 Printing From a VM Client To print from
58. enable download to flash memory esc K x 03 x 00 x 06 x cO x 31 2 Start the macro and give it an ID esc amp f y 0 X for an id replace with number 3 Insert the macro or overlay 4 End the macro and make it permanent esc amp f 1 x 10 x 5 Issue the command to disable download to flash memory 252 Printing Under AIX V4 esc K x 03 x 00 x 06 x cO x 32 6 Save the file for our example use home guest overlay H 3 2 Creating a Virtual Printer for Downloading the Overlay Follow these steps 1 Enter the following command c mkvirprt 2 Select Printer or Plotter Attached to Host 1 3 Select device Such as Ip2 4 Answer n to prompts about headers 5 Answer to ps 6 Answer ovrl for the pcl queue name Now you have to change the virtual printer To do this follow these steps 1 Enter the following command chvirprt q ovr d 1p2 a mF home guest overlay Note If you don t have access to a binary or hex editor it may be hard to put the x 00 value into your file You can get the overlay into flash memory by changing the c1 attribute to the string c1 33 K 03 00 06 300 61 2 Print the overlay as follows qprt P ovrl1 home guest overlay To print something to the virtual printer do the following a Enter echo Downloading qprt P ovr b Check to see that the overlay has been downloaded by using the operator panel as follows 1 On the p
59. established you may wish to interrogate their configuration This section will describe how this can be accomplished using the 1sallq and Isque commands e Displaying Names of All Configured Queues Using Isallq The 1sallq command lists the names of all configured queues contained in the etc qconfig file By specifying the c flag this listing is displayed in colon format To use SMIT enter smit 1sallq Examples 1 To list all of the queue names in the etc qconfig file enter co Isallq 4019ascii 4019g1 4019pcl 4019ps p2 Ip 2 To list all configured queues in colon format enter oa Isallq c 4019ascii 4019ascii 1p0 4019g1 4019g1 1p0 4019pcl 4019pcl 1p0 4019ps 4019ps 1p0 p2 p2 p2d Ip lp lpdev Notice that in the previous listing no device is associated with the lp queue This is because when the queue was created no device was specified The name before the colon is the queue name and the one after the colon is the queue device name e Displaying a Queue Stanza Name the Isque Command The Isque command lists details of the queue and queue device configurations that are stored in the qconfig file Examples 1 In section 4 2 1 Adding a Print Queue on page 52 the mkque and the mkquedev commands were used to create a print queue To display a queue stanza Ip enter Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 55
60. file In the previous example we redirected the banner standard output to the bsh out file not the qdaemon process output If your organization has a fairly large system with many users it may be prudent to have some programs compilers for example run as batch jobs The requests to compile programs would each be placed in a queue and run on a first come first serve basis This may not be acceptable for users in all instances because they will have to wait their turn when compiling The overall performance of the system would be improved and this may be a more significant advantage If you have these types of requirements you may also wish to review section 5 5 Using the Print Spooling Subsystem as a Generic Spooling Subsystem on page 99 When creating queues for your programmers you should determine the maximum number of jobs that you wish to run at any given time and create stanzas similar to the one in the following example The following stanza may be used to allow two batch jobs such as C compilation to run at once bsh discipline fcfs device bshl bsh2 bshl backend bin ksh bsh2 backend bin ksh Figure 18 Stanza to Allow Two Batch Job Streams 4 1 2 Administrative Privilege and the Print Spooling Subsystem The print spooling subsystem is a part of the AIX V4 1 security regime AIX V4 1 uses a system of administrative privilege to control access to many administrative areas such as
61. fonts Enable download fonts into printer memory e New font sizes Allows the printer to have point sizes from 5 to 30 points for a fixed pitch font e All points addressable capabilities e Additional enhancements like gray shading page formatting and box drawing e Enhanced graphics with better resolution Office Publishing functionality is a superset of PCL4 These Functions were added e Fonts scaling Introduced scalable Agfa fonts e Memory Better memory management to allow more fonts per page e HP GL 2 command inclusion e New graphics model with enhanced functions e PJL language for data stream switching PCL5C Color Printing support PCL5 LaserJet 4 level Desktop publishing enhanced is a superset of PCL 5 Various functions were enhanced to support 600 dots per inch printing additional Agfa fonts TrueType fonts and data stream switching PJL language was enhanced to provide bidirectional printer communications Hewlett Packard also has the HP GL Hewlett Packard Graphics Language This language contains commands for placement and special drawing commands such as line circle or arc Generally the virtual printer should be set to passthough when printing GL G 2 2 Proprinter Data Stream The Proprinter data stream was used on the Epson ESC P printer which was a Personal Printer with the IBM logo The evolution of this data stream made it an incorporated feature of Personal Printer Data Stream PPDS Level
62. for all queues field with and leave other fields blank 3 1 2 3 Examples of Using qchk from the Command Line 1 To display the default print queue status enter qchk Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1p0 DEV_WAIT 18 STDIN 10675 root 1 1 1 The qchk command with no flags specifies the default print queue When the name of the file is displayed similar to this example it is an indication that the job was probably sent through a pipe In other words a command similar to cat myfile 1p was used Only data was passed to the 1p command not a file name To display the long status of all queues until empty while updating the screen every five seconds enter Chapter 3 Printing Files 37 38 Printing Under AIX V4 a qchk A L w 5 Queue Dev Status Job Name From To Submitted Rnk Pri Blks Cp PP 4019asc 1p0 DEV_WAIT 28 install ps root bob4 root bob4 11 12 94 12 51 56 1 15 508 1 var spool 1pd dfA009bob4 HELD 27 inst ps root root 11 12 94 12 29 20 2 15 224 1 inst ps 4019g1 1p0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps 1pQ READY HELD 22 prprint script root root 11 12 94 10 12 48 1 15 27 1 prprint script HELD 26 inst ps root root 11 12 94 12 27 08 2 15 224 1 inst ps Pe a In the previous output screen you may have noticed the file var spool 1pd dfA009bob4 this is the copy of the file to be printed that was created by the enq command Flags used in the previ
63. g14033 IBM ASCII Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt asc asc4033 4019 IBM ASCII configured for print queue asc4033 Press Enter to continue S 12 Now the queues are ready To check your 4033 queues enter the Ipstat command as follows TEE _ a EE OO K _ e_e_e_ Ge_ _eeeeeeer re Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk pc14033 q4033 READY ps lpl READY bsh bshde READY qu3825 devl READY qu3825 dev2 READY qu3825 dev3 READY qu3825 dev4 READY ps3825 devl READY ps3825 dev2 READY ps3825 dev3 READY ps3825 dev4 READY 630 lp1 READY ps4033 q4033 READY g14033 q4033 READY asc4033 q4033 READY N 13 To print a file enter the following command enq Pasc4033 etc qconfig 6 2 4 2 Configuring a Serial 4033 LAN Printer Using the mklanprt Command To install a serial printer using the mklanprt command follow these steps Note You can also use SMIT to configure this printer 1 Enter the following command Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 135 mklanprt 2 Select the type of network you are using In this case we are using a token ring network 3 Enter the adapter address 4 Select the type of interface you are using gt What is the network address of the adapter Type the 12 character address or press Enter for a list of adapters 10005ABE93A
64. have selected to connect the printer You must ensure that you have used the appropriate cabling The RISC System 6000 General Information and Planning Kit provides information on planning the installation of devices such as printers 6 Using the documentation provided with the printer configure it appropriately If using a serial interface take note of the settings that you have made for the items such as baud rate stop bits bits per character and flow control settings You will need these to configure the AIX printer device driver correctly For example for an IBM Proprinter you may set baud rate to 9600 bps parity to none bits per character to 8 stop bits to 1 and xon xoff to be used for flow control Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 17 7 Power on the RISC System 6000 and ensure it restarts correctly 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue Follow the next steps to add a print queue 1 Log on as a user with appropriate privilege such as root or a member of the printq admin group 2 Enter the following command smit mkpq After entering the smit mkpq command the following menu will be displayed i Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file F
65. have a list of available queues Make your selection and press Enter A screen like the following will be displayed Print Queue to Change Show Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name 4019ascii Characteristic to Change Show Move cursor to desired item and press Enter 1 Printer Setup 2 Default Print Job Attributes 3 Accounting File 4 Queuing Discipline F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel Fl F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 ae aa 3 Select the 2 Default Print Job Attributes option and press Enter A screen like the following will be displayed 76 Printing Under AIX V4 Change Show Default Print Job Attributes Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes TOP Entry Fields Print queue name 4019ascii Printer name 1p0 Text Print Options TYPESTYLE and PITCH courier 10 EMPHASIZED print no DOUBLE STRIKE print no DOUBLE HIGH print no DOUBLE WIDE print no Job Processing Options PAGE NUMBER where printing should begin 1 Print file TYPE a Pre processing FILTER NAME 0 MORE 27 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do Se oe In the previous screen we have access to some attributes of
66. hk ie Pe R a a 10 1 1 5 The rembak Process 0 00000 eee eee 10 1 2 A Technical Overview of Print Services Facility 6000 11 1 2 1 How PSF 6000 Functions aoaaa a 12 1 3 A Technical Overview of Palladium 14 1 3 1 Understanding Client Server Printing 14 1 3 2 Understanding Distributed Computing Environment 15 1 3 3 What are the Key Characteristics of Palladium 15 Chapter 2 Installing a Printer 17 2 1 1 Installing the Physical Printer 0 0 17 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue 0200220004 18 2 1 3 Verifying Printer Output Characters with lptest 25 2 1 4 Using the CDE Installation Assistant 27 Chapter 3 Printing Files 2 0 0 31 3 1 1 Sending Print Requests to a Print Queue 31 3 1 2 Listing Print Requests Within a Print Queue 35 3 1 3 Holding and Releasing Jobs 0000 39 3 1 4 Moving Jobs between Queues 2 2004 40 3 1 5 Prioritizing Jobs ina Print Queue 41 3 1 6 Canceling Jobs in a Print Queue 43 3 1 7 The enq Command 2 a 44 3 1 8 The qprt Command a 44 Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 45 4 1 A Technical Overview of Print Queues and Queue Devices 45 4 1 1 T
67. in order for the change to take effect This task updates the HOSTS ADDRINFO and HOSTS SITEINFO files Finally TCP IP has to be stopped and restarted again 2 Add the statement set ldrtbls 6 in the userid s PROFILE EXEC in order to increase the number of loader tables if you have Idrtbls with a value smaller than 6 3 Issue the following commands to link to the TCPMAINT minidisk link tcpmaint 592 592 rr l acc 592 b 4 To print a flat file to the printer IBM 3825 issue the following command lpr filel ASCII a P q3825 AT bob4 5 To print an AFP data stream file issue the following command gt Ipr file2 AFP a P q3825 AT bob4 BINARY 7 10 5 Printing from a MVS Client To print from an MVS system to a PSF 6000 server you must have installed IBM TCP IP for MVS version 2 release 2 program product 5735 HAL or later This section describes the task that you have to perform in order to e Configure the RISC System 6000 server 190 Printing Under AIX v4 e Configure the MVS client 7 10 5 1 Configuring the RISC System 6000 Server To configure the RISC System 6000 server perform these tasks 1 Define the MVS host to the RISC System 6000 by adding the MVS hostname ausmvs austin iom com to the etc hosts file 2 Give the MVS host authorization for using the Ipd daemon on the RISC System 6000 by adding ausmvs austin ibm com to the etc hosts Ipd file 3 Verify that the Ipd
68. line generate x yarg If is specified for x then the x will not be generated Note Faa Fbb Fcc can be specified as F amp lrbk abc Values referenced by y or have attribute names whose first character is _ and the second character is y or a character in the string fxy or f Similar to the Fxy except that no space is placed between the flag name and argument unless the argument is the null string vxy or V Similar to the fxy but used only for the pioout command the Device Driver Interface Program to generate flags and arguments for override values specified by the piobe command Note v references attributes with the first character of Ux or U Tells the Print Job Manager that flag x is actually referenced This prevents the Print Job Manager from rejecting the flag Printing Under AIX V4 The use of these commands and variables is provided so the conditions and printer settings can be checked to ensure the correct command is issued Escape sequences can be entered by just entering a backslash and the three octal digits or just the character itself The problem with this method is if someone selects double high print the line spacing should be changed A thorough understanding of the printer is necessary in order to properly set up all of the conditions A good way to proceed is to use a similar predefined printer type when the printers are very similar Where there are no similar pri
69. line printer System V chque Changes the queue stanza in etc qconfig AIX V3 chquedev Changes the printer plotter queue device stanza in AIX V3 etc qconfig chvirprt Changes the virtual printer definitions in the AIX V3 var spool lpd pio local custom and var spool lpd pio local ddi directories Printing Under AIX V4 Table 9 Page 2 of 4 Commands Used in Printing Command Explanation Heritage disable Disables or brings a given printer off line System V enable Enables a printer queue System V enq Queues a file for printing cancels and prioritizes print AIX V3 requests brings printers and queues up and down allows print time flags to be added to override preset options Ip Sends requests to a line printer System V Ipd Provides the remote print server on a network BSD lpq Examines the spool queue BSD lpr Queues a print job BSD lprm Removes jobs from the line printer spooling queue BSD Ipstat Displays line printer status information System V Iptest Generates the line printer ripple pattern Isallq Lists the names of all configured queues AIX V3 Isallqdev Lists all configured printer plotter queue device names for AIX V3 a given queue Isque Displays the queue stanza information for the given AIX V3 queue Isquedev Displays the queue device stanza information for the AIX V3 given queue and device Issrc Lists the status of subsystems and processes mana
70. no qdfork processes Verify that the system date is correct The qdaemon automatically rebuilds the qconfig bin when the qconfig is modified If the date on the qconfig is earlier than the date on the qconfig bin then the qconfig will not be digested even if it has just been edited Check if the dates are correct and the changes made to etc qconfig are correct If a message refers to No Virtual Printers Defined or printing will not work from InfoExplorer ensure that tmp is not full If messages from the print commands are being used for operator attention and are not working ensure that the socket is connected and verify that the hostname can be pinged The messages are routed through writeserv of TCP IP If messages are not working properly to see if the writesrv is running type Issrc s writesrv If it is not running start it with startsrc s writesrv Finally ensure that the writesrv is listed in the output of netstat a pg 5 7 3 2 Remote Printing Problem Checklist For the remote printing server Ensure client machines are all listed in etc hosts lpd Ensure TCP IP is running Ensure usr spool lpd exists Ensure etc locks lpd does not exist Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 105 e Ensure that Ipd and the qdaemon are running e Review section 5 7 3 1 Local Printer Problem Checklist on page 105 For the remote printing client e Ensure that the queue name and server name are correct in etc qconfig
71. norm in gandalf s etc hosts lpd file Lines beginning with a character and blank lines are ignored Examples host allows access to all users on host host denies access to all users on host group allows access to all users on hosts in group group denies access to all users on hosts in group 129 35 22 163 thiessen 9 3 1 28 bob4 9 3 1 8 norm 9 3 1 79 gandalf The following panel displays the entry for norm in gandalf s etc hosts equiv file g Lines beginning with a character and blank lines are ignored Examples host user allows access to user on host user allows access to user on any host host user denies access to user on host host denies access to all users on host group denies access to all users on hosts in group groupl group2 allows access to users in group2 on hosts in group1 thiessen bob4 norm gandal f You can place an entry such as norm found in hosts lpd file in the etc hosts equiv file When the host name is defined in the etc hosts equiv file the user has more access rights than just those associated with printing Commands such as rlogin and rsh use the hosts equiv file for access control Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 115 The etc locks Ipd file contains the process ID of the currently running instance of the Ipd daemon If the current machine becomes inoperable the error message displayed is Ipd
72. number is also displayed The higher the priority the higher the rank 1 being the highest and generally the job that is running or waiting for the device to become ready or a response from the operator In this example we changed the priority of job number 30 and then verified that the priority and the rank had been changed In the previous qpri command e The flag specifies the Job Number on which to change priority 30 e The a flag specifies the Priority Number to be assigned 18 Printing Under AIX V4 3 1 6 Canceling Jobs in a Print Queue It is sometimes necessary to remove jobs from the print queue You may find this to be the case when an extremely large file has been sent to the queue in error and the printer resource would be tied up unnecessarily It is possible to continuously change the priority on the specific job but a more effective way to address this problem is to remove the job from the queue This may be accomplished using the cancel Iprm or qcan commands Note that we will not discuss the System V cancel command or the BSD Iprm command in this section Be aware that when jobs are canceled the keyboard will beep and a message is sent notifying the user that the job has been canceled 3 1 6 1 Canceling a Print Job Using qcan The qcan command cancels either a particular job number or all jobs in a print queue To use SMIT use the smit qcan command Examples using the qcan command 1 To cancel all jobs que
73. of document from different types of platforms at any point of the network to any kind of printer The Print Services Facility PSF 6000 print server provides a solution for printing needs in AIX LAN environments or for distributed printing from a host Print services facility was designed to extend to AIX world the advantages of the IBM Advanced Function Presentation AFP architecture PSF 6000 is implemented according to client server architecture The print server runs on an RISC System 6000 using AlX 6000 operating system The clients on the LAN can be workstations with different operating systems such as OS 2 DOS Windows UNIX or AIX host systems such as an AS 400 running 0S 400 or a System 370 running MVS VM or VSE Using PSF 6000 SNA and TCP IP you can choose from a variety of print applications and different types of printers PSF 6000 allows us to print from a complex heterogeneous open systems environment with multiple types of data streams and supported printers This means that you can print PostScript documents on a regular Hewlett Packard Printer Control Language HP PCL printer or on an IBM Intelligent Print Data Stream IPDS printer for example The potential of printing solutions that you can develop with the power of the RISC 6000 and the tools offered by PSF 6000 is very large However this seems to be only the begining of a new way of working with printers within a distributed computing environment usi
74. on paper or print This document focuses on the printing facilities available in AIX V4 for the RISC System 6000 5765 393 Many of these facilities are new or unique to AIX V4 1 This document is aimed at helping people such as systems managers systems engineers or integrators to understand e The manner in which AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem functions e How to install printers e How to configure printers and the print spooling subsystem e How to print files and manage the progress of print requests through print spooling subsystem e More advanced printing topics such as remote printing printing via terminals printing via IBM Xstations and configuring nonsupported printers 258 pages Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 iii iv Printing Under AIX V4 Contents Abstracts 0804 0 24h Po be gob se hte GO ee doe Sh ee dak ae a jii Special Notices uaaa aaa 2 000000 0 pee XV Preface e orane aR Ke OA ROR A RO a a MS xvii Related Publications a aaa aaa xix International Technical Support Center Publications xix Acknowledgements 0 00 eee xxi Chapter 1 Introduction 2 0 20200200004 1 1 1 A Technical Overview of Printing under AIX V4 4 4 1 1 1 Two Approaches to Printing o aaa aa a 4 1 1 2 Printing via the Printer Device Driver 5 1 1 3 Printing via the Print Spooling Subsystem 6 1 1 4 The pobe Processo 2 raea
75. page prints after each job or group of jobs NEVER means no trailer page at all ALWAYS means a trailer page after each job GROUP means a trailer page after each group of jobs for the same user The qdaemon program places the information contained in the feed header trailer and align fields into a status file that is sent to the backend Backends that do not update the status file do not use the information it contains If a field is omitted its default value is assumed The backend field cannot be omitted 4 1 1 3 Examples of Stanzas in the qconfig File 1 A print queue can be served by more than one printer at a time The following stanza may be used to allow two jobs sent to the same queue to print at the same time Printing Under AIX V4 1p0 discipline fcfs device Ipdl 1pd2 Ipdi backend usr 1pd piobe file dev 1p0 Ipd2 backend usr 1pd piobe file dev ttyd Figure 16 qconfig Stanza to Allow Two Printers to be Served by a Single Queue The main advantage of having two devices associated with a queue is that when a request is sent to a queue with only one associated device no other request to that queue can be completed until the first request is done This type of queue is sometimes referred to as freestanding When there are two devices for the queue any print request sent to that queue will be printed on either device dev IpO or dev ttyO depending on which is available at the time the requ
76. pio burst H ascii File The variables prefixed with a represent variables that can be extracted from the printing environment These variables are used in all three burst page formats although you will find each page format is different The PostScript burst page is for example a PostScript program to generate the burst page The values of the variables in the burst page format file are as follows Printing Under AIX V4 s Specifies the formatting flag values Specifies the user to whom the print output is to be delivered Specifies the name of the host machine printing the job Specifies the time the print job was printed Specifies the time the print job was queued Specifies the user who submitted the print job Specifies the title of the print job Specifies the percent sign Set as FLAG VALUES Set as DELIVER TO Set as PRINTED AT Set as TIME PRINTED Set as TIME QUEUED Set as SUBMITTED BY Set as TITLE ecANoOVIOSYS de de dE DE GE BO A AC AH BE BO SO X XX cG D ST Ow Lo Figure 37 Values of Variables in Burst Page Format Files If we wish to change the burst page format we can edit the format file For example modify the H ascii file as follows f EE EH EEE A EEE A EE A EEE EAE EE EE EE EE EES EEE A EE A AEE A EEE A EEE EE EE EE A EP PES ittH RHEE EO BERRE OHH PHHH tt HittH HREH to
77. print the file called pink stuff you issue the following command qprt M u a948r3 message pink stuff When a user has enqueued a print request using a message like the one below a message will be sent to the console of the system It will look something like the message below Printing Under AIX V4 Message from root on canberra pts 0 Tue Apr 23 14 16 08 1991 To reply enter write h 3 ok cancel query 0781 148 Message from host canberra user root Please change to pink paper for this job lt E0T gt Figure 38 Console Message Sent Using qprt M The operator will now have to perform the following procedure e Take the appropriate queue down enq D This allows the current job to finish printing before stopping the queue e Next the operator changes the paper to pink e The operator should then respond to the message with write h 3 ok and the job will print The operator will then need to change the paper back Alternately the operator may cancel the job e The queue can then be brought up again using enq U 5 7 5 Messages from the Print Spooling Subsystem There are two major types of printer messages found in AIX V4 1 There are those associated with user requests such as those discussed in section 5 7 4 Using Messages to a Printer Operator on page 106 and those associated with printer error conditions Messages requesting intervention by an operator o
78. print using SMIT follow these steps 1 Enter smit psf at the AIX command line 2 Select AFPDS 3 Enter demos afp in the FILE to print field 4 Enter q7913 in the Print Queue field 5 Press Enter 7 7 2 2 Other PSF 6000 Printing Examples This section describes more printing examples from the command line Printing a PostScript file To print your PostScript file enter the following command o enq P q3825 odatatype ps sample ps l To print a PostScript file with an specific resolution and form definition enter the following command o qprt Pq3825 o r300 odatatype ps of F1PP0120 sample ps l The following command shows how this parameter is added so you can print uncompressed images e enq Pq3825 o datatype ps o a IM o formdef F100D sample ps Another thing you can do is to define an specific size of physical page so you can print PostScript files without getting off the physical page For doing so follow these steps 1 Edit usr lpp psf ps2afp ps2afp cfg file which follows Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 177 vi usr 1pp psf ps2afp ps2afp cfg ps_max_memory 6000K M maximum amount of memory that PostScript uses the K is ignored ps_job_timeout 20 j maximum number of minutes to process PostScript job ps_server_timeout 20 s maximum number of minutes server waits between jobs ps_width 8 50i w width of generated image ps_length 11 0
79. rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1015 bull1021 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1021 bull1021 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1021 bull1021 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1021 bull1025 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1025 bull1025 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1025 bull1025 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1025 bull1070 parallel Bull Compuprint 1070 bull1070 rs232 Bull Compuprint 1070 bull1070 rs422 Bull Compuprint 1070 bull1625 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1625 bull1625 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1625 bull1625 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1625 bull200 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 200 bull201 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 201 bull201 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 201 bull411 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 411 bull411 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 411 bull411 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 411 bull413 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 413 bull413 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 413 bull413 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 413 bull422 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 422 bull422 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 422 bull422 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 422 bull451 parallel Bull Compuprint 4 51 bull451 rs232 Bull Compuprint 4 51 bull451 rs422 Bull Compuprint 4 51 bull454 parallel Bull Compuprint 4 54 bull454 rs232 Bull Compuprint 4 54 bull454 rs422 Bull Compuprint 4 54 bull721 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 721 bull721 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 721 Copyrig
80. syntax is discussed in Appendix E Virtual Printer Colon Files and Formatter on page 221 5 Test this new printer definition by configuring the printer and testing its ability to print the types of jobs you wish to print Try to stress the printer For example if you have a printer that prints in different emulations ensure you send several jobs to the printer that test its ability to change modes successfully Try to ensure you exercise all the areas that you specifically changed 6 If you wish to configure more of these printers you can build a predefined virtual printer definition so that you do not need to use this full process every time you want to configure the same type of printer This is done by running the piopredef command In our example the command would be as follows ert d 1p3 q 630 s 630 t mytype i This will create the usr lib lpd pio predef mytype 630 file The above process is also fully documented in InfoExplorer and can be found in an article titled Adding a New Printer Type to Your System Other points to remember are e PostScript and HPGL printers are pass through printers so there is little to alter between the different printers e Even if a printer has many of the same escape codes for features be sure that they behave the same when changing from one feature to another e Even though printers may support similar data streams they may use initialization setup or conditional statements w
81. the PostScript printers supported by AIX V4 1 are described in the following table 98 Printing Under AIX V4 Table 6 PostScript Printers Supported by AIX V4 1 Printer Device Virtual Printer Description Name Printer 4019 iom4019 ps IBM 4019 LaserPrinter 4216 31 iom4216 31 9s IBM 4216 Personal Page Printer Model 031 dp2665 dp2665 ps Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer ti2115 ti2115 ps Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printer qms100 qms100 ps QMS ColorScript 100 Model 20 generic generic ps Generic Postscript Virtual Printer AIX V4 1 also provides a set of utilities for converting various data streams common in the AIX V4 1 environment to PostScript so that they can be printed on a PostScript printer This set of utilities is known as the TranScript facility The TranScript utilities are described in the following table Table 7 AIX V4 1 TranScript Utilities AIX Command Description enscript Converts plain text files to PostScript format and spools them for printing psc psdit Converts troff intermediate format to PostScript format psroff Converts files from troff format to PostScript format ps630 Converts Diablo 630 print files to PostScript format ps4014 Converts Tektronix 4014 format files to PostScript format psplot Converts plot files to PostScript format Plot files are generated psrev Reverses page order or selects a range of pages for printing from a PostScript format fil
82. the user wants to print using the font e If the user needs to print characters unique to code page 850 European characters To update AIX about the font cartridge use smit Isvirprt select Printer Setup and change the CODE PAGE 850 available from no to yes Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printer Automatic selection of the printer data stream PostScript HP LaserJet Diablo 630 TI 855 Plotter is not supported The data stream must be selected manually using the control panel For the TI 855 software interface only DP mode is supported WP mode is not supported 104 Printing Under AIX V4 Printronix P9012 Line Printer Only the Serial Matrix command set is supported The P Series command set is not supported Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer The data stream PostScript Diablo 630 must be selected manually using the control panel 5 7 2 Suppliers of Cables It is recognized that cables are often required at very short notice and that customers may want to make their own For this reason the cable specifications for most RISC System 6000 cables are described in the RISC System 6000 System Overview and Planning GC23 2406 5 7 3 Printer Troubleshooting In this section we will discuss printer troubleshooting 5 7 3 1 Local Printer Problem Checklist The following list is a series of checks that can be made when the printing is not performing as desired Verify that the qdaemon is running and that there are
83. the various codes to be embedded in the file that is printed This kind of file with embedded escape sequences will also need to be printed in pass through mode for example qprt d p filename 5 2 4 Customizing Nonsupported Virtual Printers 88 Although it is possible to make a nonsupported printer work as described in section 5 2 3 Configuring Nonsupported Printers An Example on page 87 this does not allow most of the features of the printer to be selected from the command line Also it does not allow easy alteration of the virtual printer to use the features of the printer To fully support the features of a printer and the print spooling subsystem you have to create a new virtual printer definition A virtual printer is a data stream and Printing Under AIX V4 printer pairing that is physically represented as a unique entry in the virtual printer database The first step in customizing a nonsupported printer is therefore to identify the printer data stream that best matches the printer you wish to use AIX V4 1 supports the following data streams through predefined virtual printers asc Extended ASCII pel Hewlett Packard LaserJet gl Plotter emulation ps PostScript 630 Diablo 630 855 Texas Instruments 855 dot matrix printer in dp mode plt Plotter Once the data stream has been determined it is then possible to look at the printers that support that data stream The virtual printers supported by AIX V4 1 are
84. this purpose The rmque command removes a queue from the system configuration by deleting the named queue stanza All queue devices must be deleted using the rmquedev command before using rmque The process for removing print queue devices is detailed in section 4 3 4 Removing a Queue Device on page 67 To remove print queue IpO enter po 1sallqdev q p2 p2d rmque q p2 rmque FATAL ERROR 0781 183 Cannot delete p2 Queue contains devices rmquedev q p2 d p2d 1sallqdev q p2 Isallq 4019ascii 4019g 4019pcl 4019ps p2 Ip rmque q p2 1sallq 4019ascii 4019g 4019pcl 4019ps Ip J Figure 24 Removing a Specified Queue Using rmque Here is what the previous screen displays e The first command displayed all queue devices for the p2 queue p2d e Next we attempted to remove the print queue using rmque and received an error that indicated that the queue could not be deleted because there were associated queue devices still existing e We then used the rmquedev command to remove the queue device p2d e Next by using the 1sallqdev command we verified that the queue devices for the p2 queue were deleted 60 Printing Under AIX V4 e To show that the rmquedev command only removed the queue devices and not the queue we displayed all queues using the 1sallq command e We then used rmque again to remove the queue e Last we verified that the queue had been removed You may al
85. we have selected IBM The following screen is displayed TOP ibm2380 ibm2380 2 ibm2381 ibm2381 2 ibm2390 ibm2390 2 ibm2391 ibm2391 2 ibm3812 2 ibm3816 ibm4019 MORE 43 F1 Help F8 Image Find IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM 2380 2380 2381 2381 2390 2390 2391 2391 3812 3816 4019 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Personal Printer II Plus printer Model 2 Personal Printer II Plus printer Model 2 Personal Printer II Plus printer Model 2 Personal Printer II Plus printer Model 2 Model 2 Page Printer Page Printer LaserPrinter F2 Refresh F1O Exit n Find Next F3 Cancel Enter Do J In the previous screen select the printer model In our example we have selected the IBM 4039 LaserPrinter model A screen like the following will be displayed f Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter MORE 3 ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II Printer Interface Move cursor to desired item and press Enter parallel rs232 rs422 Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1lO Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next L J In the previous screen select your printer interface type In our example we have selected the rs232 interface A screen like the following will be displayed Chapter 4 Furth
86. with a High Speed Data Streaming 2 5MB With the help of the IBM Pennant service representative attach the the black cable supplied with the S 370 Channel Emulator A adapter to the bus and tag cables of the printer and to the RISC System 6000 Make sure that the terminators for the bus and tag channels are installed in the last device connected in series to the S 370 Channel Emulator A adapter Power on the IBM 3825 printer and all other devices attached to the RISC System 6000 7 4 2 Loading the S 370 Channel Emulator A Device Driver To load the device driver onto the adapter perform the following tasks 1 Enter the following command at the AIX command line prompt e smit psfcfg Select Load Driver onto S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter The following screen is displayed Adapter Selection Move cursor to desired item and press Enter chnaO Available 00 02 IBM S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next K Press Enter Note You must load the device driver on each S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 161 7 4 3 Configuring PSF 6000 for Channel Attached Printer To configure PSF 6000 for a Channel attachment perform the following tasks 1 Enter the following command at the AIX command line prompt smit psfcfg 2 Select Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue in t
87. your system e Add a printer device driver e Add a virtual printer Under AIX V4 1 there was an improvement in the SMIT print interface Now you just have to e Connect the physical printer to your system e Add a print queue There is also a desktop interface that helps adding printers We provide an overview on this in 2 1 4 Using the CDE Installation Assistant on page 27 2 1 1 Installing the Physical Printer Follow the next steps to install the physical printer 1 Review all relevant installation planning information such as the printer s own manuals and this entire chapter Chapter 2 Installing a Printer to ensure that you have the required components and information to install the printer in question 2 Review your system s configuration and select the serial or parallel port which you plan to connect the printer 3 Ensure that the communications port you plan to use is not already in use by other devices such as printers terminals or modems If the port is already in use either move the device attached to the port or modify the configuration of that device For example for a tty device set the Enable LOGIN field to disable For a printer set STATE to be configured at boot time to defined This ensures that there is no conflict in demand for use of the port 4 Shut down the system using the appropriate command that is smit shutdown 5 Connect the printer to the communications port serial or parallel you
88. 0 OS 2 2 11 client 194 SCS spooled file 193 VM client 189 description 153 directory path 156 printing examples 175 using SMIT 172 using the command line 174 PSF direct component 195 removing a PSF 6000 queue 180 resources 155 supported data streams 154 supported environments 156 troubleshooting 181 PSF 6000 Printers Information 209 publications xix Q qadm 59 examples of use 59 qcan 43 examples of use 43 qchk 35 36 examples of use 37 qconfig file and remote printing 114 backend program 10 description of 45 examples of stanzas 48 figure of relationships 46 file 10 files associated with 10 45 queue device stanza _ 10 48 queue device stanza attributes 48 queue stanza 47 queue stanza attributes 47 stanzas for remote printing 114 qdaemon overview 10 stanza in qconfig 10 Index 259 qpri 41 qprt 31 qstatus 35 listing status of example of 35 R rembak 10 113 cancelling remote job with 130 printer device configuration screen parallel printer 24 SMIT configuration screen parallel printer 24 remote printing 3930 03D and 03S printer 152 4033 LAN connection 131 6150 client 108 cancelling a job 128 cancelling job with rembak 130 configuring 120 configuring a remote host 122 configuring a remote queue 120 controlling Ipd 116 displaying job status 126 figure of 112 IBM 7318 serial communication network server iptrace 229 Ipd daemon 115 problem checklist 105 qconfig file 114 rembak backend 113 technical over
89. 019 parallel printer enter Isattr c printer s parallel t ibm4019 a ptop R 1 2000 1 4 4 2 Temporarily Changing Printer Device Device Settings Printer device settings can be temporarily changed by using the splp command This command modifies the settings for the printer device but these changes are not permanent To change the printer settings enter splp W C splp device dev 1p0 yes no CURRENT FORMATTING PARAMETERS ignored by qprt lpr and 1p commands Note p causes the other formatting parameters to be ignored p 1 66 w 80 i 0 W C CURRENT T 600 pass through C page length lines n page width columns r indentation columns t wrap long lines b convert to upper case f ERROR PROCESSING PARAMETERS timeout value seconds e send carriage returns send line feeds carriage rtn after line feed suppress tab expansion send backspaces send form feeds return on error Figure 30 Changing Printer Settings Using splp In this example the printer settings were modified and then displayed 70 Printing Under AIX V4 The changes that the splp command makes remain in effect until the next time you restart the system or rerun the splp command The splp command can be run from the etc inittab command file to configure your printer each time you start up the system 4 4 3 Permanently Changing Print
90. 02 FU2 J02 K02 ibm5579 parallel IBM 5579 Model H02 K02 ibm5584 parallel IBM 5584 Model G02 H02 ibm5585 parallel IBM 5585 Model H01 ibm5587 parallel IBM 5587 Model G01 ibm5587H parallel IBM 5587 Model H01 ibm5589 parallel IBM 5589 Model H01 ibm6180 rs232 IBM 6180 Color Plotter ibm6182 rs232 IBM 6182 Auto Feed Color Plotter Appendix B Supported AIX V4 1 Printers 207 208 Table 13 Page 6 of 6 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1 Printer Connection Printer Description Name Emulation Type ibm6184 rs232 IBM 6184 Color Plotter ibm6185 1 rs232 IBM 6185 1 Color Plotter ibm6185 2 rs232 IBM 6185 2 Color Plotter ibm6186 rs232 IBM 6186 Color Plotter ibm6252 parallel IBM 6252 Impactwriter ibm6252 rs232 IBM 6252 Impactwriter ibm6252 rs422 IBM 6252 Impactwriter ibm6262 parallel IBM 6262 Printer ibm6262 rs232 IBM 6262 Printer ibm6262 rs422 IBM 6262 Printer ibm7372 rs232 IBM 7372 Color Plotter oki801ps rs232 OKI MICROLINE 801PS IBMF 801PSII IBMF 800PSIILT opp parallel Other parallel printer osp rs232 Other serial printer osp rs422 Other serial printer p9012 parallel Printronix P9012 Line Printer p9012 rs232 Printronix P9012 Line Printer qms100 parallel QMS ColorScript 100 Model 20 qms100 rs232 QMS ColorScript 100 Model 20 qms100 rs422 QMS ColorScript 100 Model 20 ti2115 parallel Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printe
91. 0i 1 length of generated image ps_x_offset 0i x left and right margins ps_y_offset 0i y top and bottom margins ps_resolution 240 r resolution of target printer ps_output_type 101 G4 a type of AFP image to generate port 8251 P which TCP IP port to use server 127 0 0 1 S which server to connect with ae eed 2 Enter the width and the length of the page as shown above in the ps_width and ps_length parameters In this case we are using a width of 8 5 inches and a length of 11 0 inches Printing a ditroff file To print a ditroff file enter the following command troff Tafp images trf 1p d qaix odatatype ditroff 7 8 PSF 6000 Printing Management There are multiple commands that you can use for managing queues These commands are the same ones used for the standard AIX queue management functions In addition PSF 6000 provides other commands for managing PSF 6000 queues This section describes the tasks you can perform to e Bring PSF 6000 queue down up e Bring PSF 6000 down up for a print queue e Remove a PSF 6000 queue 7 8 1 Bringing a PSF 6000 Queue Up Down To start or stop a PSF 6000 queue you must have root authority 1 To start a queue enter following command c qadm U q3825 Or psfctl u q3825 2 To stop a queue enter the following commands 178 Printing Under AIX V4 qadm D q3825 Or psfctl d q3825 3 You can also use SM
92. 1 overview 200 System V 31 System V summary 200 custom file 90 D data stream figure with overview of supported 247 PCL 244 postscript 245 proprinter 245 supported by PSF 6000 246 what is 243 Dataproducts LZR 2665 Laser Printer 105 ddi directory 8 default printer 45 enq 9 35 59 relationship with q commands 44 F fastpaths for smit 211 H header page 102 customisation example 103 hints and tips 104 hosts equiv file 115 hosts pd file 115 HP JetDirect card external JetDirect card 143 HP JetDirect card 143 integrated JetDirect card 146 i data 7913 IPDS printer LAN attachment 165 attaching 169 configuration example 166 configuring 170 setup 169 257 IBM 3812 Model 2 Pageprinter 104 IBM 3816 Page Printer 104 IBM 3930 03D and 03S printer 152 IBM 4019 Laser Printer 104 IBM 4216 Personal Pageprinter Model 031 104 IBM 5202 Quietwriter III 104 IBM 7318 serial communication network server 146 configuring a parallel printer 149 configuring model P10 147 INA description 139 how it works 140 installing a printer 140 refid irp INA 139 supported models 139 iptrace L list of supported printers 203 Ipd daemon 115 controlling via SMIT 116 controlling via SRC 119 lprm 43 Iptest 25 printer device configuration screen serial printer 26 SMIT configuration screen serial printer 26 Ipx 92 Isallq 55 Isallqdev 66 Isattr 69 Isque 55 Isquedev 65 Isvirprt 8 Mannesman Tally 86 printer 87 Mannesman Tally 87
93. 11 norm itsc austin ibm com DO Local System gandalf itsc austin ibm com TCP IP Figure 40 An Overview of Remote Printing When the request g submitted it is queued in the aul manner as a local e prin ie print job In Wh xample Ea 40 the job ie que ued o The qdaemon process on nor on ae ane aa The differ ae See e rasc m Ua m tregues as si would process any re ri que s the n the Hee kba ckend program nar than ee is The rembak program will transmit the print jo i e prin r which in Figure 40 is gandalf The D prog a the ste emon on the Printing Under AIX V4 print server In the example the queue device rascd invokes rembak to send the print request to the host gandalf The lod daemon on the print server gandalf receives the print job sent to it and places it on the appropriate local queue The print job is now processed just like any other local job In the example the print job is placed on the asc queue because this queue was requested in the qprt command by the use of the r flag The print job will now be printed on a printer connected to gandalf 6 1 1 1 The Role of the rembak Program The use of remote printers presents a change in the way print jobs are processed As a result this changes the way some print related commands and facilities work The major change is that once a job has been transmitted to the remote host it is no longer managed by the print spooling subsystem on you
94. 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 40 ip_id 32228 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecae ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe06 th_ack 5063225f th_off 5 flags lt ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum fec4 th_urp 0 KeKKKKKKKKKK REMBAK acknowl edges end of file OK kkkkkkkkkkkkkk packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 11027 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f7f ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 5063225f th_ack e7a4fe06 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum febb th_urp 0 00000000 00 kxxxxkxxkxxxxx LPD acknowledges receipt of file ok with 00 xxxxxxxxxxKxKKK Printing Under AIX V4 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 pro
95. 131 In the above example 131 is the number of the job shown when you enter enq A Ipstat or qchk Cancelling a Remote Print Job Using rembak The rembak command can be used to cancel remote print jobs To cancel a remote print job you first would like to check the job you want to print For doing so you use the Ipstat command as follows Ipstat Queue Dev 4019asc 1p0 4019g1 1p0 4019pcl 1p0 4019ps_ 1p0 4019ps Ipl psth gand psth psdup psdup ps403 ascth gand ascth ascdu ascdup asc rasc gand rasc asc 2380asc tty0 Status Job Files User P DOWN QUEUED 140 etc qconfig root norm READY P Blks Cp Rnk 3 1 1 To cancel job 140 using the rembak command enter the following LO usr 1pd rembak S gandalf P asc x 140 u root norm This command will cancel the job on the remote print queue In the preceding example the command used was structured as follows Printing Under AIX V4 e The S flag indicates the server on which the print job is queued While the lpstat command did not tell you the name of this host you know that it is gandalf e The P flag indicates the queue on the remote host where the job has been placed The qchk command shows you that the remote queue name is asc e The x flag indicates that a job cancel request is being sent e The flag indicates the job number that wish to cancel The qchk command shows you the job number It is the same 140 o
96. 2 rs232 IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer ibm3812 2 rs422 IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer ibm3816 rs232 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibm3816 rs422 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibom4019 parallel IBM 4019 LaserPrinter ibm4019 rs232 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter ibm4029 parallel IBM 4029 LaserPrinter ibm4029 rs232 IBM 4029 LaserPrinter ibm4037 parallel IBM 4037 LP printer ibm4037 rs232 IBM 4037 LP printer ibm4037 rs422 IBM 4037 LP printer ibm4039 parallel IBM 4039 LaserPrinter ibm4039 rs232 IBM 4039 LaserPrinter ibm4039 rs422 IBM 4039 LaserPrinter ibm4070 parallel IBM 4070 IJ printer iom4072 parallel IBM 4072 ExecJet ibm4072 rs232 IBM 4072 ExecJet ibm4072 rs422 IBM 4072 ExecJet ibm4076 parallel IBM 4076 lJ printer ibm4076 rs232 IBM 4076 lJ printer ibm4076 rs422 IBM 4076 lJ printer ibm4079 parallel IBM 4079 Color Jetprinter PS ibm4079 rs232 IBM 4079 Color Jetprinter PS ibm4201 2 parallel IBM 4201 Model 2 Proprinter II ibm4201 2 rs232 IBM 4201 Model 2 Proprinter II iom4201 3 parallel IBM 4201 Model 3 Proprinter III iom4201 3 rs232 IBM 4201 Model 3 Proprinter III ibm4201 3 rs422 IBM 4201 Model 3 Proprinter III ibm4202 2 parallel IBM 4202 Model 2 Proprinter II XL ibm4202 2 rs232 IBM 4202 Model 2 Proprinter II XL iom4202 3 parallel IBM 4202 Model 3 Proprinter III XL 206 Printing Under AIX V4 Table 13 Page 5 of 6 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1
97. 224 1 3 4019g1 1pO READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1p0 DEV_BUSY 46 example ps root 224 1 1 L J In the previous qmov command e The m flag specifies the destination queue e The flag specifies the job number to be moved What about moving all print jobs from 401 9ascii queue to the 4019ps queue it qmov m 4019ps P 4019ascii qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1p0 DEV_WAIT 40 figurel ps root 224 1 1 4019g1 1pQ READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1p0 DEV_BUSY 46 example ps root 224 1 1 QUEUED 44 screen ps root 224 1 2 QUEUED 45 inst ps root 224 1 3 As you can see all jobs except job in rank position 1 has been moved from 4019ascii to the 4019ps queue as expected In the previous command e The m flag specifies the destination queue e The P flag specifies the origin queue of the jobs to be moved 3 1 5 Prioritizing Jobs in a Print Queue Sometimes users may want things done in a hurry and may not wish to wait their turn to get hard copies of information When this is the case and there are several large jobs queued you may wish to change the priority of a job The qpri command prioritizes a job in a print queue by specifying the job number and giving it a priority number The qpri command works only on local print jobs Remote print jobs are not supported After a job has been sent to a remote host that host can change the job s priority but the sender cannot
98. 243 243 244 244 245 245 246 247 H 4 How to Format Locally for Remote Printing 254 H 4 1 A Solution for This Problem 0 2 0 0 0000 254 H 5 The remout Backend 0 0 0 0000000000000004 256 Indek soando E OS aa eh Sed BAG PRE PS 257 Contents ix X Printing Under AIX V4 Figures 1 Today s Printing Environment 000220000 1 2 PrinterDevice Driver 000000 ee 5 3 AIX V4 1 Virtual Printer Concept 20 200 7 4 The Interactions of the AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem 9 5 AIX and PSF 6000 Print Submission Flow 13 6 Adding a Print Queue Menu Parallel Printer 24 7 Ripple Test Pattern to STDOUT Partial Display Using Iptest 26 8 Adda Print Queue Menu Serial Printer 2 26 9 Installation Assistant Window 000 000005 27 10 Installation Assistant Information Window 28 11 Installation Assistant Spool Manager Window 29 12 ThesmitqprtMenu e edora a anig A pigia ee 32 13 AIX V4 1 Printer Status Command Information 35 14 AIX V4 1 qconfig File Relationships o aoaaa a 46 15 Default Queue Stanza for etc qconfig o oo 47 16 qconfig Stanza to Allow Two Printers to be Served by a Single Queue 49 17 Possible Batch Queue Configuration aaa aaa 49 18 Stanza to Allow Two Batch Job Streams
99. 4029 IBM ASCII configured for print queue asc Press Enter to continue 5 Enter the lpstat command to check the printer status Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk bsh bshde READY asc731 1p0 READY 6 Finally edit the etc qcontfig file to check if the entries look like the ones shown below a gt vi etc qconfig asc7318 device 1p0 1p0 file dev 1p0 header never trailer never access both backend usr 1lib 1pd piobe pa re Note The printer device can be added to the spooling subsystem just as if it were the standard I O parallel port Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 151 6 6 IBM 3930 03D and 03S Printer The IBM 3930 03D is a 300 pel duplex 30 impression per minute printer that accepts PCL5 input and has a feature that allows it to be connected directly to an Ethernet network 152 To print to a 3930 printer using the Ethernet backpack you must have microcode 1 09 02 or later installed in the printer Then you perform the following tasks to define a printer queu for the 3930 1 2 5 Enter smit mkrque Specify a queue name in the NAME of queue to add field You can select any name but must fill this option Specify the name associated with the 3930 s IP address found in the etc hosts file in the DESTINATION HOST for remote jobs field Specify a queue name in the NAME of queue on remote printer field because SMI
100. 41 lt 0782 529 No font is available for gothic 15 pitch Check the values for the s and p flags lt EQT gt To solve this problem you have to change the mU attribute in the virutal printer to support the desired fonts weights and styles Each allowable font is listed in this attribute like the following example eee l The items in the description are as follows courier This is the name of the font to use with qprt sfontname 10 This is the allowable pitch Make a separate entry in the mU attribute for each pitch desired 4099 This is the TypeFace Family for the font 0 This is the stroke weight BOLD etc 0 This is the style parameter Italic etc lmB Includes the code pages allowed for this font If it is necessary to change this it is likely you will also have to change c1 c2 or some other variable Examples of tested fonts 250 Printing Under AIX V4 gothic bold 10 4102 3 0 ImB gothic bold 12 4102 3 0 ImB gothic bold 15 4102 3 0 ImB times italic 12 4101 0 1 ImB H 2 1 How to Change the mU Attribute Enter the following command g Isvirprt select the hplj queue to change Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 12 select pclq 1p34 hplj 3si PCL To LIST attributes enter AttributeNamel for all attributes To CHANGE an attribute value enter AttributeName NewValue To FORMAT and
101. 5 Is the printer attached serial or parallel 1 1 Parallel 2 Serial Select 2 5 In the following screens you will find serial interface parameters for the network printer adapter Make sure that these selections match the settings on the printer Select a data rate as follows What is the data rate 7 1 150 2 300 3 600 4 1200 5 2400 6 4800 7 9600 8 19200 9 38400 Select 7 6 Select the parity as follows gt gt What is the parity selection 1 1 None 2 Odd 3 Even 4 Space 5 Mark Select 1 ae sa 7 Select the data bits as follows How many data bits per character 2 1 7 Data bits 2 8 Data bits Select 2 136 Printing Under AIX V4 8 Select the stop bits as follows How many stop bits per character 1 1 1 Stop bit 2 1 5 Stop bits 3 2 Stop bits Select 1 9 Select the pacing control as follows D What is the printer pacing protocol 1 1 DTR 2 Xon Select 1 w 10 Select a printer from the list of AlX supported printers as follows R Ps devices cat 71 120 Canon LASER SHOT LBP B406G 8 devices cat 71 121 Canon LASER SHOT LBP A404PS Lite 9 devices cat 71 1 IBM 4201 Model 3 Proprinter III 10 devices cat 71 66 IBM 4039 LaserPrinter 11 devices cat 71 6 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter 12 devices cat 71 75 Hewlett Packard LaserJe
102. 912 Page 300 pel AlX defined no adapter PCL5 IPDS Printer Models AS1 TCP IP i data and NS1 IBM 3916 Page 300 pel AlX defined no adapter PCL5 printer Models ASO and NSO IBM 3916 Page 300 pel AlX defined no adapter PCL5 IPDS Printer Models AS1 TCP IP i data and NS1 IBM 3930 Page 240 pel TCP IP i data IPDS Printer Models 02S and 02D IBM 3930 Page 300 pel AlX defined no adapter PCL5 Printer Models 03S and 03D IBM 3935 Page 300 pel TCP IP Token Ring IPDS Printer Ethernet IBM LaserPrinter 300 pel TCP IP i data IPDS 4028 and 4028 MICR Appendix B Supported AIX V4 1 Printers 209 210 Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix C SMIT Fastpaths for Printing Spooler Print Jobs and Printers spooler print queue lq rq Iqdev rqdev Start a Print Job qprt enq qstart Manage Print Jobs jobs Cancel a Print Job qcan Show the Status of Print Jobs qchk Prioritize a Print Job qpri Hold Release a Print Job qhld Move a Job Between Print Queues qmov List All Print Queues lspq Manage Print Queues pqmanage Show Status of Print Queues qstatus Stop a Print Queue qstop Start a Print Queue qstart Set the System s Default Print Queue qdefault Add a Print Queue mkpq mkvirprt Add an Additional Printer to an Existing Print Queue mkpqprt Change Show Print Queue Characteristics chpq Change Show Printer Connection Characteristics chprtcom Remove a Print Queue rmpq Manage Print Server server host Ipd List all Remote Clients with Print Access
103. AND TABS on eight position boundaries True wrap no WRAP CHARACTERS beyond the specified width True mode no Return on ERROR True interface standard Type of PARALLEL INTERFACE True autoconfig available STATE to be configured at boot time True busy_delay 0 Microseconds to delay between characters True L J Figure 28 Listing the Default Attributes for Device Ip0 Using Isattr 3 To list the default attribute values for a 4019 parallel printer enter Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 69 lsattr c printer s parallel t ibm4019 D ptop 600 Printer TIME OUT period True line 64 Number of LINES per page True col 80 Number of COLUMNS per page True ind 0 Number of columns to INDENT True plot no Send all characters to printer UNMODIFIED True backspace yes Send BACKSPACES True cr yes Send CARRIAGE RETURNS True form yes Send FORM FEEDS True 1f yes Send LINE FEEDS True addcr yes Add CARRIAGE RETURNS to LINE FEEDS True case no Convert lowercase to UPPERCASE True tabs yes EXPAND TABS on eight position boundaries True wrap no WRAP CHARACTERS beyond the specified width True mode no Return on ERROR True interface standard Type of PARALLEL INTERFACE True autoconfig available STATE to be configured at boot time True busy_delay 0 Microseconds to delay between characters True Figure 29 Listing Possible Attributes for a Printer Using Isattr 4 To list the possible values of the ptop attribute for a 4
104. Appendix B Supported AIX V4 1 Printers Appendix C SMIT Fastpaths for Printing Appendix D RISC System 6000 Printer Cabling D 1 IBM Adapters and Cables 2000 D 1 1 Native Serial Ports S1 andS2 D 1 2 IBM 8 Port Async Adapters 0008 D 1 3 IBM 16 Port Async Adapters 22 004 D 1 4 IBM 128 Port Async Subsytem D 2 Cable Pinout Diagrams 2 2 20020005 D 2 1 Cable D EIA 232D Asynchronous Cable D 2 2 Cable K EIA 422A Asynchronous Cable D 2 3 Cable E Printer Terminal Interposer EIA 232 2 D 2 4 Cable N 64 Port Adapter to 16 port Concentrator D 2 5 Cable P RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable D 2 6 Cable NB NC 128 Port Asynchronous Controller Cable 8 wires D 2 7 Cable ND 128 Port Asynchronous Controller Cable 4 wires D 2 8 Cable NK 10 pin RJ45 to Db25 Converter Cable 9 inches D 2 9 Cable NL 10 pin RJ45 to Db25 Terminal Printer Customer SUPPIIEG 5 acs PALA PEE Rs bt oe en Bi teks Od tt a D 2 10 Cable NM 10 pin RJ45 to Db25 Modem Cable Customer MOUPPIIES e isu eS wag a OE pes ls ook a te A NS ee ed ok Oke td Appendix E Virtual Printer Colon Files and Formatter E T The Formatter eseri i ok ae eh ow eee ee ae PA dd ee hes E 2 Virtual Printer Colon File Syntax
105. Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic 241 242 Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix G Data Streams Data streams have become very important in the network printing world This is because system administrators have to know the different types of data streams that a shared printer will use so they print from any platform to any printer anywere over the network This section explains the following e What is a Data Stream e Most common Data Stream Descriptions e Data Streams Supported by Print Services Facility 6000 e Overview of Supported Data Streams for AIX and PSF 6000 G 1 What is a Data Stream A data stream is a well defined set of commands which allows the computer to tell the printer what and where to print There are different implementations of data streams for different hardware platforms Data streams are based on basically three methods 1 All of the translation of the document for example adding commands downloading fonts adding electronic forms etc is done by the printer driver of your applications It converts the programs data format into data stream commands that the printer understands This sort of implementation was used for all line printers and early laser printers As laser printers became more sophisticated the data stream was enhanced to support full page addressing and scalable fonts 2 As printers became more intelligent and developed the capability to use pages instead of lines a new concept for data s
106. EDIT an attribute value enter AttributeName v To EDIT the attribute file enter v To terminate press Enter Enter mU v mU tilda v The screen will now be a vi session and show Listing of allowable typeface pitch combinations mU courier 10 4099 0 0 ImB courier bold 10 4099 3 0 ImB courier italic 10 4099 0 1 ImB courier 12 4099 0 0 ImB courier 15 4099 0 0 ImB lettergothic 12 4098 0 0 ImB courier bold 12 4099 3 0 ImB courier italic 12 4099 0 1 ImB lineprinter 17 4096 0 0 ImB courier 17 4099 0 0 ImB courier 10 4099 0 0 ImB INCLUDE List of Stage 2 Translate Tables code pages Supported by the Font courier bold 10 4099 3 0 ImB INCLUDE List of Stage 2 Translate Tables code pages Supported by the Font Select one of the definitions lines starting with and type 3yy to yank 3 lines of text Then change the name to the name you want to use and select the pitch font weight and style you want gothic 15 4102 0 0 ImB INCLUDE List of Stage 2 Translate Tables code pages Supported by the Font When you are done hit Esc and wq to save the changes Exit the Isvirprt session and you are ready to print The p option must match one of the values you have set up for your font Now enter the following command Appendix H Printing Tips 251 o qprt sgothic p15 Ppclq filename
107. ELD 26 inst ps root 224 1 2 In this example job number 22 was canceled and then cancelation verified In the previous qcan command the x job flag specifies that only the specified job number be canceled 22 3 1 7 The enq Command The series of commands that have just been discussed gqprt qchk qhld qmov qpri and qcan are actually frontends to the enq command You can therefore do everything that you can do with these commands via the enq command The enq command is also frontended by the qadm command which performs print spooling subsystem management tasks and is discussed in Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration on page 45 The enq command and its options are described in detail in the AIX Version 4 1 Commands References SBOF 1851 3 1 8 The qprt Command AIX s most full function printing command is qprt With this command the user can customize each individual print command in much the same way as the virtual printer can be modified The flags for qprt are direct matches for the flag attributes of the virtual printer and can easily make temporary changes for the single print job to these attributes Examples of printer variables that are easy to change are page width w92 page length I66 printer pitch p12 rotation z1 type style sitalics and don t send final form feed Z form feed A complete listing of the flags is easily obtained by typing man qprt 44 Printing Und
108. F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do 4 Select the remote attachment type Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 187 188 Print Spooling Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Start a Print Job Manage Print Jobs List All Print Queues Manage Print Queues Add a Print Queue Add an Additional Printer to an Existing Print Queue Change Show Print Queue Characteristics Change Show Printer Connection Characteristics Remove a Print Queue Manage Print Server Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory other User Defined Backend F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Peceov este se slesse Se ses sos ce eee eee Stee ee eee eee eet see oat Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll Type of Remote Printing Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Standard processing Standard with NFS access to server print queue attributes Local filtering before sending to print server Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Pees set Sese
109. HP JetDirect file File in dev directory ena Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Con lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated N other User Defined Backend Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next S sat 3 In the previous screen select the ascii option The following screen will be displayed Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Bul Canon Dataproducts Hewlett Packard IBM OKI Printronix QMS Texas Instruments F1 Help F2 Refresh F8 Image F1O Exit Find n Find Next Other Select this if your printer type is not listed above F3 Cancel Enter Do N The following screen will be displayed 4 Select your printer brand in the previous screen In our example we have selected IBM because we are installing an IBM 2380 2 Plus Printer Model 2 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II ibm2391 2 IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 ibm3812 2 IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer ibm3816 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibm4019 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter MORE 43 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Ente
110. IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 ibm3812 2 IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer ibm3816 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibm4019 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter MORE 43 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next ae 4 In the previous screen select the printer model you are attaching to your Xstation In our example we are installing an IBM 4019 LaserPrinter model The following screen will be displayed gt Xstation NAME Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Xstation NAME Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do a mee 5 In the previous screen press F4 to see a list of available xstations attached to your system Select the name of the IBM Xstation that the printer will be connected to The Xstation name is the ip name for the Xstation In our example we have connected our printer to a Xstation named tx24 itsc austin iobm com We are using a nameserver for the name resolution If you are not using a nameserver you should have the Xstation name and its ip address in the etc hosts file and you should use this name for the Xstation NAME field The following screen is displayed after pressing F4 94 Printing Under AIX V4 Xstation NAME Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Xstation NAME
111. IGNAL GND 7 1 7 CTS 8 I 5 DTR 9 20 CD 10 I 8 D 2 9 Cable NL 10 pin RJ45 to Db25 Terminal Printer Customer Supplied Cable NL can be attached to one of the 16 port adapter ports and to another device such as printer on the other end Appendix D RISC System 6000 Printer Cabling 219 Ran End Cabling Options Device RJ 45 16 Pin 8 Pin 10 Pin Db 25 IRI 1I Se o o 1l 22RI I DSR 2 1 2 l 20 DTR IRTS3 1 2 3 l 1 5 CTS I GND 4 l 2 3 41 Sh GND ITD 5 l 3 4 5 l 3 RD IRD 6 l 4 5 6 l 2 TD LSG T lesa 6x Pel TS ICTS 8 6 7 8 l 1 4 RTS IDTR9 8 9 l l 1 6 DSR IDCD 10 10 8 DCD I x ok D 2 10 Cable NM 10 pin RJ45 to Db25 Modem Cable Customer Supplied Cable NM can be attached to one of the 16 port adapter ports and to another device such as printer on the other end This cable will only work with an interposer Ran End IRJ 11 IRJ 11 IRJ 45 RJ 45 Modem RJ 45 4 Pinl 6 Pinl 8 Pin 10 Pin Db 25 IRI 1 ets 22 RI IDSR 2 1 1 2 1 20 DTR URTS 3 bl i Seer See Fan 5 OTS GND 4 l 1 2 3 4 Sh GND ITD 5 l 2 3 4 5 3 RD IRD 6 l 3 4 5 6 2 TD SGT AS a6 9 S ICTS8 I Se Gees 7 8 4 RTS DIRS B 9 l 6 DSR I DCD 101 ss 10 1 8 DCD ok ok 220
112. IT for this task as follows a Enter the following command smit spooler b Select Manage Local Printer Subsystem c Select Local Printer Queues d Select Stop or Start a Queue in the following panel gt Local Printer Queues Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Stop a Queue Start a Queue List All Queues Add a Local Queue Change Show Characteristics of a Queue Remove a Queue Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do _ e Select a queue name from the Stop a Queue list by pressing F4 as follows pe QUEUE name Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP r41 devl pcl 1p0 bsh bshdev ps 1p0 qaix devl psfppds devl q7913 devl q7913 dev2 r41 pcl bsh Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next f Press Enter Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 179 7 8 2 Bringing PSF 6000 Up Down for a Print Queue You have to stop and restart PSF 6000 after changing characteristics of a PSF printer In addition you must stop all PSF 6000 instances before reinstalling or updating 1 To stop PSF 6000 immediately without the processing of the current job enter the following command psfctl dk q3825 Where k kills the process of the current job and d brings down PSF 6000 2 To stop PSF 6000 after processing the current job enter the following command psfctl
113. IX V4 Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory ena Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Con lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated N other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next A e 3 Select Standard processing from the following panel poe N Type of Remote Printing Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Standard processing Standard with NFS access to server print queue attributes Local filtering before sending to print server Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Noii aah 4 Fill the required fields as follows i Add a Standard Remote Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Name of QUEUE to add rasc HOSTNAME of remote server gandal f Name of QUEUE on remote server asc TYPE of print spooler on remote server AIX Version 3 or 4 DESCRIPTION of printer on remote server ascii queue at gandalf F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO
114. Ishostslpd Add Print Access for a Remote Client mkhosts1pd Remove Print Access for a Remote Client rmhosts1pd Start the Print Server Subsystem lpd daemon mkitab mkitab_1pd Stop the Print Server Subsystem rmitab_1pd Show Status of the Print Server Subsystem statlpd Programming Tools pqtools Change Show Printer Attribute Database Virtual Printers lsvirprt chvirprt Change Show Pre processing Filters pqfilters Local Print Devices pdp List All Defined Printers Plotters Tsdprt List All Supported Printers Plotters Tssprt Add a Printer Plotter makprt Move a Printer Plotter to Another Port movprt Change Show Characteristics of a Printer Plotter chgprt Remove a Printer Plotter rmvprt Configure a Defined Printer Plotter cfgprt Install Additional Printer Plotter Software printerinst Generate an Error Report errpt Trace a Printer Plotter trace Start Trace trestart Stop Trace trcstop Generate a Trace Report trcrpt Queues and Queue Devices pq_Iprint Queues pq_lq List All Queues pq_Isallq Add a Queue pq_mk que Change Show Characteristics of a Queue pq_chque Remove a Queue pq_rmque Queue Devices pq_lqdev List All Queue Devices pq_lsallqdev Add a Queue Device to an Existing Queue pq_mkquedev Change Show Characteristics of a Queue Device pq_chquedev Remove a Queue Device pq_rmquedev Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 211 212 Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix D RISC System 6000 Printer Cabling The RISC System 6000 supports IBM 8 16
115. LAN controlled by the print server functions of a network operating system In some cases we can find larger hosts such as a System 370 system or an AS 400 system attached to the LAN which usually have attached bigger printers Those printers used to have impact technology and were able to print at very high speeds but the quality of the printed document was very poor Today all points addressable laser printers have the capability of delivering high quality printing and very high printing speeds However the printer whether it is a desktop printer attached to a single workstation or a system printer attached to host system has to have the software to drive the printer acording to a specific data stream This means that if we have a Local Area Network with workstations and host systems attached to it we can t print from the host system to a desktop printer or from a workstation to the system printer unless you have the software that makes the necessary conversion to the a specific data stream supported for each printer Most network operating systems have limited print server functions Recently many third party software vendors have introduced dedicated print server software or combination hardware software print servers all provide significantly more function than the print services in network operating systems Those servers though can t drive system printers and desktop LAN printers at same time which means that you can t print any kind
116. Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Bul Canon Dataproducts Hewlett Packard IBM OKI Printronix QMS Texas Instruments Other Select this if your printer type is not listed above F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F10 Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next i a Note Remember that you must have installed the correct driver for the printer you want to configure 4 Select the printer IBM 4019 as follows Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter MORE 9 ibm3816 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibm4019 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter ibm4029 IBM 4029 LaserPrinter ibm4037 IBM 4037 LP printer ibm4039 IBM 4039 LaserPrinter ibm4070 IBM 4070 IJ printer ibm4072 IBM 4072 ExecJet ibm4076 IBM 4076 IJ printer ibm4079 IBM 4079 Color Jetprinter PS ibm4201 2 IBM 4201 Model 2 Proprinter II ibm4201 3 IBM 4201 Model 3 Proprinter III MORE 34 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Pe 5 Select one of the following options BOOTP TFTP Server Move cursor to desired item and press Enter 1 Make this system a BOOTP TFTP server 2 Do NOT make this system a BOOTP TFTP server F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next eat _ Make this system a BOOTP TFTP server places an entry in the etc bootptab file that defines the printer for the network In this case the hostname and IP address are established f
117. NT norm itsc austin ib gt Hostname or dotted decimal address F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do 4 Press Enter 6 1 2 3 Removing Print Access for a Remote Client To remove print access for a remote client follow these steps 1 Enter smit Ipd 2 Select Remove Print Access for a Remote Client 3 Fill the required fields as follows Remove Print Access for a Remote Client Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Name of REMOTE CLIENT norm itsc austin ib gt F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do es 4 Press Enter 6 1 2 4 Starting the Print Server Subsytem To start the print server subsystem follow these steps 1 Enter smit Ipd 2 Select Start the Print Server Subsystem 1pd daemon 3 For starting the subsystem at this moment and on system restart select both from the following panel Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 117 Start the Print Server Subsystem Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Start subsystem now on system restart or both both TRACE lpd daemon activity to syslog no EXPORT directory containing print attributes no Note Exporting this print server s directory containing its print at
118. OST A 00000001 Ethernet segment 00000002 7318 P10 M BERRRSE Ethernet addr 00406e000 ABC IBM LaserPrinter 4029 Network Topology Figure 41 IBM 7318 Printing Scenario We recommend for you to use the directions of the 7318 manual IBM 7318 Serial Communications Server Guide and Reference SA23 2542 to make use of the configuration worksheet This worksheet will be very helpful if somenthing should go wrong Verify the parameter settings below and change them if necessary in the etc netware NPSConfig file It s easiest to just search for the parameter itself to locate them in the file example spx Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 147 148 6 5 1 1 Parameter spx active This parameter enables the SPX IPX protocol on this host Change this value from inactive to active if necessary 6 5 1 2 Parameter internal_ network 00000001 This is a unique number for this host network Since there are no other hosts in this example this value won t conflict with any other hosts but must be different from the LAN network number see below 6 5 1 3 Parameter lan_1_ppa 0 and lan_1_if_name en Concatenate the values from lan_x_if_name and lan_x_ppa to obtain the ethernet interface being used for this segment For this example these are en and 0 yielding interface end Now you need to check to verify that this interface is really up and running The smit chinet fastpath will allow you to
119. Pathname of the LONG FORM FILTER for queue status output BACKEND OUTPUT FILE pathname Figure 19 Add a Print Queue Menu Add a Print Queue MORE 5 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F9 Shel F1Q Exit Enter Do Entry Fields p2 p2d usr 1pd piobe yes no first come first serve dev 1p2 F4 List F8 Image P a ee In the previous screen the following configuration options were selected e The queue name was selected as p2 This is the name that will identify the queue to the user and in the qconfig file e The queue device name of p2d was selected e The backend output device was selected as dev 1p2 This identifies the device that backend will direct its output to e We have selected the default backend program piobe 3 SMIT will give you an OK message when it successfully completes the configuration of the queue and queue device Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 53 54 Printing Under AIX V4 COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Added queue p2 Added queue device p2d Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1Q Exit Find n Find Next Piet ae You can verify that the new queue has been added by using the qchk A command the 1sallq command or by looking at the contents of the qconfig file
120. Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix E Virtual Printer Colon Files and Formatter In this section we will discuss the formatter and the virtual printer colon files E 1 The Formatter The formatter is primarily used for setting up and initializing the printer simple formatting and code page translation There are only ten different formatters that are used for all of the supported printers and emulations that the printers support The formatters that come with AIX are located in usr lib lpd pio fmtrs Code page translation is used to allow the printing of an ASCII file and have various characters changed or modified for printing This is especially true in the case of band printers or other printers with limited or different character sets For most printers and applications it is unnecessary to modify the formatter since it basically just does a pass thru of the data or there is a formatter that will work with the printer selected This is especially true of PostScript and HPGL files which are just passed through Note Setup and initialize are still used for the printer but the data is just passed through The strings used for the setup and initialization are kept in the colon files Thus the formatter does not contain any escape codes pertaining to one particular printer As an example the basic difference between a PostScript file and a PostScript file formatted to be printed in a IBM 4019 LaserPrinter is the statusdict begin 0 setpa
121. Printing for Fun and Profit Under AIX V4 Document Number GG24 3570 01 December 1994 International Technical Support Organization Austin Center Note Before using this information and the product it supports be sure to read the general information under Special Notices on page xv Second Edition December 1994 This edition applies to V4 1 of Advanced Interactive Executive AIX for the RISC System 6000 Program Number 5765 393 Order publications through your IBM representative or the IBM branch office serving your locality Publications are not stocked at the address given below An ITSO Technical Bulletin Evaluation Form for reader s feedback appears facing Chapter 1 If the form has been removed comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation International Technical Support Organization Dept 948S 821 11400 Burnet Road Austin Texas 79758 When you send information to IBM you grant IBM a non exclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1991 1994 All rights reserved Note to U S Government Users Documentation related to restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Abstract An important function of modern computing environments is the capability to output information
122. SLOT number for S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Move cursor to desired item and press Enter 2 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Sani yk 6 Press Enter 7 4 4 Verifying the S 370 Channel Attachment To verify that the device driver has been loaded and that a connection has been made with the printer follow these steps 1 You must bring down all queue devices for the PSF 6000 print queue and kill any instances of PSF 6000 associated with the queue devices by using the following command psfctl dt q3825 2 Enter the following command sense 21B The first number is the number of the slot in which the S 370 Channel Emulator A adapter is installed and the second two numbers are the Control Unit Address The results that you can obtain from the sense command are the following 1 Printer ready and correctly attached Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 163 164 printer connected at address 21B 00 00 00 81 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 Printer correctly attached however the printer is not ready to receive jobs gt printer connected at address 21B 40 00 03 01 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3 Printer is not correctly attached or printer is turned off In this case you should check that everything is correctly attached and that the slot number and the control u
123. T ADDRESS dotted decimal 9 3 1 28 HOST NAME bob4 ALIAS ES if any separated by blank space COMMENT if any for the host entry Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do Pines a 4 Press Enter 5 Press F10 to exit SMIT 7 10 3 Adding a Remote PSF 6000 Printer from an AIX 4 1 Client The following procedure shows how an AIX 4 1 client can use a remote PSF 6000 printer 186 Printing Under AIX v4 7 10 3 1 Remote AlX Defined Printer Configuration V 4 1 In order to use a PSF 6000 queue from AIX V 4 1 client you have to define a remote queue on the PSF 6000 client For doing so follow these steps 1 On the AIX V4 1 client command line enter smit printer 2 Select Print Spooling from the following panel Printer Plotter Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Printer Plotter Devices Print Spooling Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do F8 Image Nas 3 Select Add a Print Queue from the following panel a Print Spooling Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Start a Print Job Manage Print Jobs List All Print Queues Manage Print Queues Add a Print Queue Add an Additional Printer to an Existing Print Queue Change Show Print Queue Characteristics Change Show Printer Connection Characteristics Remove a Print Queue Manage Print Server Programming Tools F1l Help F2 Refresh
124. T requires this field even though the 3930 does not have a queue name you must enter some value in this field Specify a device name in the NAME of device to add field To use this Ethernet 3930 with PSF 6000 Printing Under AIX V4 Enter smit psf_task_select Select the Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue Select the AIX Defined Parallel Serial or LAN option Select the PCL5 option Change the COMMAND to execute for printer output replacing the queue name pcl with the name of the queue you specified in the NAME of queue to add field Note To enable duplex printing use the PSF 6000 BIN Mapping Options panel Also you must ensure that your printer is correctly configured for duplex printing Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 This chapter is intended to show you the most common tasks that you have to perform in order to manage a Print Services Facility 6000 PSF 6000 server and its printers The following topics are included e Description of PSF 6000 e Printer Installation and configuration for PSF 6000 e Printing with PSF 6000 e Printing Management e Remote Printing from different platform client systems PSF 6000 connectivity e PSF 6000 PSF Direct Component Note At this moment PSF 6000 runs under AIX version 3 2 5 However AIX version 4 1 clients are supported and able to use PSF 6000 printers Support will be provided for PSF 6000 to run as a server under AIX Version 4 1 at a future date 7
125. The example printer installation in section 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue on page 18 was based on a parallel printer When configuring a serial printer the options and input forms are little different The following screen is an example of the Add a Print Queue menu for adding a serial printer which would be seen instead of the one seen in Figure 6 on page 24 Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 7372 Color Plotter x Name of new PRINT QUEUE to add 0 Printer connection characteristics PORT number s1 BAUD rate 9600 PARITY none BITS per character 8 Number of STOP BITS 1 FLOW CONTROL to be used dtr Printer TIME OUT period seconds 300 STATE to be configured at boot time available F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do L J Figure 8 Add a Print Queue Menu Serial Printer When this screen is displayed you must enter the serial communications interface configuration characteristics as noted in section 2 1 1 Installing the Physical Printer on page 17 step 6 Printing Under AIX V4 2 1 4 Using the CDE Installation Assistant To call the CDE Installation Assistant type the following command usr sbin install_assist The following window will be displayed Installation Assistant Task List Use Installation
126. Virtual Printer Colon Files and Formatter 223 224 E 2 1 1 If Then Else This is an if then else statement expr t thenpart e elsepart The else part of the expression is not required Example from eS variable in 4201 3 33 Gwb tS 1 eT The 33 sends an octal 33 and the next part of the statement reads IF the value of wb this value was pushed on the stack by G is or one then send the character S and octal 1 else send character T E 2 1 2 Else If This is a nested else statement expr t thenpart e expr t thenpart e expr t thenpart e elsepart Example This command would push the value of x and the value 6 Next the if statement is read if the two values popped are equal then push value two else push the value of print quality and push the value 3 and compare for equality If equal push the value one else push the value 0 This command would then output a value of zero one or two depending on the value of x and _q E 2 1 3 Command Line Flags These flags are usually used in pipeline definitions If specified in attribute strings they apply to the flags passed to the formatter For formatter flags the flag must have been included in the optstring parameter to the piogetopt subroutine Cy Push the value 1 true on stack if the y flag was specified on the command line Otherwise push the value 0 false Fxy or F Shorthand for Cy t x _y If the Y flag is specified on the command
127. a two up pagedef of P1W12883 a font of GT15 and a formdef of F1A10110 Also we specified a datatype of line and fileformat of record 133 To print this file enter the following command Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 191 gt LPR TIP2 QUTPUT binary host bob4 printer q3825 odatatype 1ine ofileformat record 133 occ yes occtype a opagedef P1W12883 ochars gt15 oformdef F1A10110 7 10 6 2 Example 2 In this example we are sending an AFP LIST3820 file from MVS to PSF 6000 to print specifying the type of data and the form definition Use the following command gt LPR USER LIST3820 binary host bob4 printer q3825 odatatype afp oformdef F1A10110 Note The o option values cannot have imbedded blanks 7 10 7 Printing from an AS 400 Client To print from an AS 400 system to PSF 6000 you must have installed IBM TCP IP Utilities 400 Version 2 Release 3 or later This section describes the tasks that you have to perform in order to e Configure the RISC System 6000 server e Configure the AS 400 client e Print an SCS spooled file e Print an AFPDS spooled file e Send an AS 400 overlay to the RISC System 6000 server 7 10 7 1 Configuring the RISC System 6000 Server To configure the RISC System 6000 server perform the following tasks 1 Define the AS 400 host to the RISC System 6000 by adding the AS 400 hostname AS4001 austin ibm com to the etc hosts file 2 Give the AS 400 host authoriza
128. able for device are 5201 5202 and ps PostScript The default output for xpr is standard output so we pipe this to the qprt command When using xpr it is a good idea to specify a picture size otherwise the picture will be scaled to the maximum size that will fit the page For this reason we have also used the width option e The qprt command spools the output from xpr to the IpO queue which in this case was serviced by an IBM 3812 printer connected to a remote server 4 The xdpsclock will now be printed on a 3812 printer The output will look like 108 Printing Under AIX v4 Figure 39 Printing Output on 3812 Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 109 110 Printing Under AIX v4 Chapter 6 Network Printing Options In the modern computing environment it is common place to share valuable resources such as high quality printers or large format plotters among many systems and users In the AIX environment a systems administrator can configure a print server to serve print requests from other systems This section discusses how to configure and manage printers in the remote printing environment 6 1 1 An Overview of Remote Printing Figure 40 on page 112 gives an overview of the manner of remote printing functions The first thing of note when you review Figure 40 on page 112 is that remote printing jobs must pass through the print spooling subsystem of both the client and the server systems Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 1
129. able printers which have varying levels of speed and function There are also Windows based products available from the online viewing of documents G 2 Most Popular Data Streams Description This section describes the most common data streams supported for AIX and the combination AlX PSF 6000 G 2 1 Hewlett Packard Printer Control Language HP PCL PCL was designed to be expandable enabling future versions to add additional commands and capabilities Each successive version becomes a functional superset of the previous version PCL has become one of the most important data streams in the industry PCL1 PCL2 PCL 3 PCL4 PCL5 244 Printing Under AIX V4 Print and Space functionality are in the base set of functions which provide simple convenient single user workstation output This base set includes e Basic command selection e Limited raster graphics EDP Electronic Data Processing Transaction functionality is a superset of PCL1 Functions were added for general purpose multi user system printing Office Word Processing functionality is a superset of PCL2 Functions were added for high quality office document production e Font handling Added more fonts to the printer in both orientations e Page orientation Portrait or landscape orientation e Enhanced graphics with better resolution Page Formatting functionality is a superset of PCL3 These are the Functions added for the laser version of PCL4 e Download
130. able printers to allow users to improve enterprise productivity AFP provides the following advantages e You can save time because you are able to print on high speed printers e You save paper by printing on both sides of the sheet and by printing multiple reduced pages on one sheet Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 153 e You save time and money by replacing preprinted forms with electronic forms e You have remote printing capabilities which allow different platforms to use different types of printers This allows better communication and saves time within the company by distributing printed information through the network e You can enhance the quality of your regular documents by adding Typographic fonts Bar codes Graphics and images Electronic forms overlays In summary AFP is the combination of hardware and software that allows you to print to all points addressable printers with different speeds from a variety of operating systems In addition it enhances the quality of your text and graphics information The data stream support that this architecture provides enables you to print virtually anything anywhere 7 1 2 Supported Input and Output Data Streams PSF 6000 is a print server that allows you to print AFP and Mixed Object Document Content Architecture For Presentation MO DCA P This kind of data stream is not very familiar to people which have only worked in an AIX environment However this capabili
131. al Network Adapter for Ethernet 10Base2 Part Number 1325495 e MarkNet XL Internal Network Adapter for Ethernet 10Base2 Part Number 1325497 The TCP IP protocol suite includes a set of standard application services which the MarkNet XL family pf options utilize to accomplish support for printing services on a TCP IP network These include the the following e File Transfer Protocol FTP Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 139 e Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP e Simple Network Managament Protocols SNMP e Line Printer Daemon Line Printer Remote LPD LPR e Finger Ping BootP 6 3 2 How the Internal Network Adapter Work The Internal Network Adapter works in a similar way as the IBM 4033 The main difference is that you connect the parallel or serial port on the printer to an IBM 4033 but you install the Network Option inside the printer You must configure the 4033 for the port to which you connected it but this step doesn t apply to the Network Option Because the Network Option works inside the printer the parallel and serial ports on your printer are free to to be connected to other computers Another major difference netween the IBM 4033 and the Network Option is that the INA accepts print jobs from several servers simultaneoulsy where the IBM 4033 cannot The INA works with a protocol called the LexLink protocol which is a propietary printer protocol developed by Lexmark International Inc based on IEEE 802 2 T
132. al printer using a serial cable with a null modem interposer or a LAN printer directly attached to the network via IBM 4033 or an Integrated Network Adapter INA using the common AIX SMIT options for installing printers and queues Then the queue is defined in PSF 6000 in order to have the ability to print from many types of clients with different input data streams regardless of the data stream supported by the printer 7 3 1 Installing a AlX Defined Printer The printer that you can install could be as mentioned a parallel serial or LAN printer via IBM 4033 This example shows the installation of a parallel printer Note You must have printq group or root user authority to configure the printer as an AIX printer device To install an AlX Defined printer follow these steps 1 At the AIX command line enter f smit printer 2 From the Printer Plotter panel select Printer Plotter Devices 3 From the Printer Plotter Devices panel select Add a Printer Plotter You can go directly to this step using the SMIT fastpath command makprt 4 From the Single Select list select the Lexmark IBM 4039 printer 5 Select a parallel adapter by choosing parallel from the screen then press Enter 6 Select ppa0 for a parallel attached printer and press Enter Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 157 7 From the Add a Printer Plotter panel type p as the port number 8 Accept all the default values for the other entry fie
133. alue or Default acctfile Identifies the file used to save FALSE The default FALSE indicates print accounting information suppress accounting If the named file does not exist no accounting is done device Identifies the symbolic name For Refers to the queue device that refers to the queue device Example stanza name This referenced stanza This field must exist in Ip2 or stanza must be present in the the stanza laser qconfig file The device stanza can be the same or different from the actual print device name discipline Defines the queue serving fcfs The default fcfs means algorithm first come first served The alternative is sjn or shortest job next up Defines the state of the TRUE The default TRUE indicates queue that the queue is running FALSE indicates that it is not running If a field is omitted its default value is assumed The default values for a queue stanza are discipline fcfs up TRUE acctfile FALSE Figure 15 Default Queue Stanza for etc qcontig The device field should not be omitted If this field is omitted the system will create the field and assign the name dummy No reflection on the administrator Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 47 48 4 1 1 2 The Queue Device Stanza in the qconfig File The name of a device stanza is arbitrary and can be 1 to 7 characters long The fields that can appear in the stanza are Table 3 Field Name and Pos
134. and 128 port adapters It also has two serial ports as standard on the planar board The following appendix is intended to explain the physical connections required the IBM cables that are supplied in order to achieve these requirements and also how these cables are constructed This will enable the cables to be made to non standard lengths as required D 1 IBM Adapters and Cables There are a number of cable options available It is important that the proper configuration is understood The following diagrams explain which cables connect to which adaptors D 1 1 Native Serial Ports S1 and S2 o ea ok B ok ok D kk SI eee j IEI ok ok kK S2 ll oi ok ok The S1 and S2 ports are 10 pin modu connectors However with each model the cable B is provided This cable provides a 10 pin modu to 25 pin D type male connector As it is provided there is no value in describing the pinouts If customer supplied cabling is to be provided then this will be for the section D plus E as shown above The cable D is a 25 pin to 25 pin straight through cable which is used for connecting both terminals and printers to the serial ports It is used in conjunction with the terminal printer interposer E D 1 2 IBM 8 Port Async Adapters Ma wate SENN J Adaptor _ l l Wo ecaneteends La ek D or K Interface IEI Cable Fes k kk _ Fesa 0
135. anges Entry Fields Print queue name rasc Name of FILE to print etc qconfig NUMBER of copies 1 REMOVE FILE from system after sending job no to remote print server SEPARATOR PAGES none DELIVER TO TEXT o MAIL MESSAGES instead of displaying them no Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do Pha aah 5 Press Enter In this example the file to print etc qconfig is enqueued on the remote print queue configured earlier The file should be in the current directory or else the absolute pathname is required 6 1 3 6 Displaying Remote Print Job Status To display the status of a print queue enter the following command eng A The next screen displays the status of a remote print job at the local host norm 126 Printing Under AIX V4 Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk psth gand READY psth psdup READY psdup ps403 READY ascth gand READY ascth ascdu READY ascdup asc READY rasc gand READY rasc asc READY 1 etc config root norm 1 1 1 1 lt 1 2380asc ttyO READY Notice that in the User column the user ID as well as the host ID are displayed Also the queue name displayed is that of the local host but the queue device is that of the remote host The next screen shows what is displayed at the remote host after queueing f Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk ascdup
136. ant printer models IBM 3912 Page Printer IBM 3916 Page Printer IBM 3930 03D and 03S Page Printer IBM LaserPrinters Hewlett Packard LaserJet printers and compatibles The following command shows what you would use if you want to print a PostScript file to a 3900 print queue from the AIX command line 154 Printing Under AIX V4 enq Pq3900 odatatype ps filel ps l Note We will discuss this in greater detail in 7 7 PSF 6000 Printing on page 171 This data stream capability allows you to print files created on mainframe systems on desktop printers or files created in an AIX workstation on high speed printers In order to print PostScript ditroff S 370 line data uformatted ASCII Double byte character set DBCS ASCII or Extended UNIX Code EUC files you have to transform the file to AFP data stream via PSF 6000 You can optimize your system by separating transform processing which now is going to be done on the PSF 6000 server from the print processing 7 1 3 PSF 6000 Resources In the AFP architecture a resource is considered as a file that contains the information that is used in a print job The PSF 6000 driver can accept the following resources e Fonts typography used to print the text in a file e Overlays electronic forms e Page segments graphics text and images e Form definition descriptions about how the data is positioned on the physical page e Page definitions descriptions about how
137. below qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019g1 1pQ READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY 4019ps_ Ipl READY psth gand READY psth psdup READY psdup ps403 READY ascth gand READY ascth ascdu READY ascdup asc READY rasc gand READY rasc asc READY 2380asc tty0 READY xasc p tx1 READY xgl p tx1 READY xpcl p tx1 READY xps p tx1 READY cc ccd READY L y e Create the shell script you wish to use In our example we wanted to use the C compiler We have therefore created the script below as u a948r3 spoolcc This is the program we selected as a backend bin ksh exec cc 1 o l out 2 gt 1 1og Figure 35 An Example of a Shell Script to Use via the Spooler This simple script compiles the program you give it writes the linked object to a file called filename out and a log of any error messages to filename log e To use this backend you enqueue the file you want compiled using the queueing command of your choice For example qprt P cc tt c will compile the program tt c If the compile and link are successful the tt c out file will be created If errors occur the tt c log file will be created with the error messages written into it The preceding example shows the use of the spooler to do something other than print files The standard batch shell print queue may also be of use if you wish to serialize the use of large programs like compilers The batch shell print queue i
138. ble to it through the network this is the same procedure performed by Xstation The bootp daemon bootpd running on a server checks its etc bootptab file for the MAC address If it finds a match the bootp server returns an IP address a subnet mask and other information to the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment 7 5 2 Understanding How the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment Fits into Network Configurations You can set up the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment according to the following configurations Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 165 7 5 2 1 Configuration 1 This configuration consists of one RISC System 6000 print server that contains all the software required for PSF 6000 to drive printers and the TCP IP bootp daemon to control the 7913 initialization processes LAN Token Ring Ethernet IPDS Coaxial IBM 3930 028 or IBM 3930 02D Configuration 1 Figure 42 i data 7913 Attachment Configuration 1 7 5 2 2 Configuration 2 When you already have a TCP IP network installed with the bootp daemon on another server you can use this configuration Token Ring Ethernet IPDS Coaxial IBM 3930 02S or IBM 3930 02D Configuration 2 Figure 43 i data 7913 Attachment Configuration 2 166 Printing Under AIX V4 7 5 3 Configuring the bootp Server In order to configure the bootp server you first have to request an IP address the subnet mask value and the MAC address of the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attac
139. bs The qadm command can affect only local print jobs You must also have root user authority or belong to either the system group or printq group to run this command You can use the SMIT interface to run this command To do so enter smit spooler Examples 1 To cancel all of your jobs on printer IpO or all jobs on printer IpO if you have root user authority enter qchk Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ RUNNING 49 testl script root 1 0 1 1 1 QUEUED 50 test2 script root 1 1 2 QUEUED 51 test3 script root IL ale 3 qadm X 4019ascii qchk Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ READY L J Figure 21 Canceling All Jobs on a Queue Using qadm The X cancels the printing of user s jobs on the specified queue 4019ascii If you have root user privileges all jobs on that queue are deleted 2 To bring down 4019ascii queue enter qadm D 4019ascii qchk Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ0 DOWN Figure 22 Bringing Down Queues Using qadm 3 To bring up 4019ascii queue enter Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 59 qadm U 4019ascii qchk Dev Status Job Files 4019asc 1pQ READY Figure 23 Bringing Up Queues Using qadm 4 2 5 Removing a Print Queue the rmque Command You may need to remove a print queue from time to time The rmque command is provided for
140. cal Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory ena Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Con lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated N other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next eee 2 In the previous screen select the xstation option The following screen will be displayed fa Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Bull Canon Dataproducts Hewlett Packard IBM OKI Printronix QMS Texas Instruments Other Select this if your printer type is not listed above F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next 3 In the previous screen select your printer brand In our example we are using an IBM printer so we have selected the IBM option The following screen is displayed Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 93 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II jbm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II ibm2391 2
141. cancel the job from the local client host Cancelling a Remote Print Job Using qean After obtaining the job number of a file that is queued on a remote host the smit qcan command may be used to delete it at the remote site For doing this follow these steps 1 Enter the following command as follows smit qcan S 2 From the following panel press F4 to choose a queue from the list Cancel a Print Job Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE containing job 0 required for remote jobs Print JOB NUMBER o F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do An z 3 Select the queue called rasc from the following panel Printing Under AIX V4 PRINT QUEUE containing job Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll PRINT QUEUVE PRINTER DESCRIPTION 4019ascii ibm4019 ASCII 4019g1 ibm4019 GL Emulation 4019pcl ibm4019 PCL Emulation 4019ps ibm4019 PostScript psth Gandal fs ascth ascdup on gandalf asc on thiessens rasc ascii queue at gandalf 2380ascii IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 4019ps 1p0 ibm4019 PostScript 4019ps 1pl ibm4039 PostScript F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next See ah 4 Enter the number of the job to cancel as shown in the following panel
142. ch as queues and printers in the distributed system e Security service Provides secure communications and controlled access to the resources in the network Palladium is provided with login authentication of users and administrators verification of the operations that users and administrators are allowed to use and verification of the resources that users are allowed to manage For instance an user is authorized to use a specific queue but not all queues 1 3 3 What are the Key Characteristics of Palladium Palladium was designed acording to the international distributed printing standards which include the International Standards Organization ISO Document Printing Application DPA Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE System Administration Portable Operating Systems Interface POSIX and System Administration Interface Printing Palladium supplies a common command line interface across all POSIX compliant platforms This allows you to manage printing from one single location A Graphical User Interface GUI enables users and administrators to use drag and drop techniques from windows More specifically Palladium has the following key characteristics e Distributed Systems Support End users applications print services workstations may all be located on different systems within a network Palladium is able to provide transparency for all functions You can send a file to be printed to a queue associated to a p
143. configured the i data 7913 or you are connecting an IPDS printer that connects directly to the LAN such as the 3935 or 3900 0w1 you have to configure PSF 6000 for a TCP IP attached printer Follow these steps 1 Enter the smit psfcfg command at the AIX command line prompt 2 Select Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue from the following panel ee PSF 6000 Printer Definition Move cursor to desired item and press Enter List All Printers Defined to PSF 6000 Load Driver onto S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue Show Change Characteristics of a Printer Remove a Printer Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do 3 Select TCP IP from the following panel m gt Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter AIX Defined Parallel Serial or LAN TCP IP F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shel F1O Exit Enter Do oat __ 4 Fill all the required fields as follows 170 Printing Under AIX v4 Add a TCP IP Attached Printer Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Data stream type IPDS Printer NAME q7913 Internet Address 9 3 1 31 PORT number 5001 Number of QUEUE DEVICES 2 Connection TIMEOUT seconds 30 Description TR 4028 att d via 7913 To specify other characteristics afte
144. d startsrc s Ipd e Check if the Ipd daemon is active by entering the following command Issrc s Ipd The following screen will appear Subsystem Group PID Status Ipd spooler 8080 active 7 10 1 1 Updating Server Files Using SMIT In some cases you would like to update the server files using SMIT For updating the etc hosts file if you are not using a nameserver perform the following steps 1 At the command line enter the following command smit tcpip 2 Select Further Configuration from TCP IP SMIT panel 3 Select Name Resolution from the SMIT futher configuration panel 4 Select Hosts Table etc hosts from the SMIT name resolution panel 5 Select Add a Host You have to fill all the required entry fields as follows 184 Printing Under AIX V4 6 7 Na Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Add a Host Name Entry Fields INTERNET ADDRESS dotted decimal 9 3 8 1 HOST NAME norm ALIAS ES if any separated by blank space COMMENT if any for the host entry Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do Press Enter Press F10 to exit SMIT For updating the etc hosts pd file follow these steps 1 In the command line enter the following command 8 9 smit TCPIP Press F10 to exit SMIT Select Further Co
145. d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 47 ip_id 11021 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f7f ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632202 th_ack e7a4fe02 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum 4fle th_urp 0 00000000 02343061 73630a 40asc l packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet xxxxxxxx Server ACKnowledgement of queue request to 40asc xxxxKkxKK 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 40 ip_id 32222 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecb4 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe02 th_ack 50632209 th_off 5 flags lt ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum ffle th_urp 0 kkkkkkkkkkkk x LPD acknowl edgent that queue is ok kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk xxxxxxxxxxxxx Return Code 0 indicates everything is ok for that queue Printi
146. d shows the status of Ipd as active then your Ipd daemon is already running If it is not running it must be started by using the startsrc command or by using SMIT In this instance we will use the smit mkitab command smit mkitab 4 Fill in Start subsystem now on system restart or both field as follows Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 123 124 Start the Print Server Subsystem Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Start subsystem now on system restart or both both TRACE lpd daemon activity to syslog no EXPORT directory containing print attributes no Note Exporting this print server s directory containing its print attributes will allow print clients to mount the directory The clients can use this server s print attributes to display and validate print job attributes when starting print jobs destined for this print server Note that the Network File System NFS program product must be installed and running F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do L J Choosing this option starts the Ipd daemon now and will also start it each time the system is booted If the option is selected as shown an entry will be added to the etc inittab file which causes the daemon to start automatically when booted The etc inittab entry is displayed below cron 2 respawn
147. daemon is running by issuing the following command c ps ef grep Ipd 7 10 5 2 Configuring the MVS Client To configure the MVS client perform the following tasks 1 Define the RISC System 6000 to the MVS system The system administrator has to add the PSF 6000 server hostname bob4 to the TCPIP V2R2M1 HOSTS LOCAL data set The system administrator has to run the MAKESITE program in order for the change to take effect This task updates the TCPIP V2R2M1 HOSTS ADDRINFO and TCPIP V2R2 M1 HOSTS SITEINFO data sets Finally TCP IP has to be stopped and restarted 2 To print a flat file to the printer IBM 4039 issue the following command from a TSO prompt gt lpr filel asc memberl host bob4 printer q3825 3 To print an AFP data stream file issue the following command gt Ipr demos 1ist3820 penn binary host bob4 printer q3825 Note TCP IP for MVS supports the BINARY option so that you can submit AFP LIST3820 data stream files In addition you can pass o parameters that PSF 6000 is able to understand 7 10 6 Printing from an MVS System Using o Parameters In this section we describe how to print MVS files passing o parameters to the PSF 6000 queue 7 10 6 1 Example 1 We are using the Ipr command to print a 133 byte fixed length carriage control MVS data set named TIP2 OUTPUT on a queue called q3825 to a PSF 6000 system called bob4 which is associated to an IBM 3825 IPDS printer using
148. des access to the remote PSF 6000 print server In addition you can have access to files from another system on the LAN using Network File System A client uses the 1pr command for printing remotely to any kind of printer Clients can be on any platform connected via TCP IP to the LAN The TCP IP of each client has to support the 1pr command otherwise you can print via File Transfer Protocol This means that you have to transfer a file to the workstation and then type a print command such as enq to print the file In addition PSF 6000 supports SP2 processors using TCP IP 7 2 Printer Installation and Configuration for PSF 6000 156 Before the installation of the printers we recommend you add the following statement to your PATH ert tain i After adding this statement you will be able to access PSF 6000 commands If you want to verify if the PATH variable has taken effect enter the following command Printing Under AIX V4 echo PATH As a result of this command you should see something like this eesti bff t l The next sections describe the possible printer attachments which can be configured through PSF 6000 These sections includes e AlX Defined Printers Installation and Configuration e Channel Attached IPDS Printers Installation e TCP IP Attached IPDS Printers Installation 7 3 AlX Defined Printers Installation and Configuration An AlX defined printer could be a parallel printer a seri
149. devices have been added it is sometimes necessary to change the information associated with the various attributes or add attributes that were not specified in the original configuration These tasks may be accomplished using the chquedev command To change the IpO device stanza on the 4019ascii queue to contain the line header always enter 66 Printing Under AIX V4 f Isquedev q 4019ascii d 1p0 1p0 file dev 1p0 header never trailer never access both backend usr 1lib 1pd piobe chquedev q4019ascii d dlp0 a header always Isquedev q 4019ascii d dlp 1p0 file dev 1p0 header always trailer never access both backend usr 1lib 1pd piobe k J In this example the current stanza for the queue device was displayed it was then modified and then re displayed to verify that modifications were made The a flag specifies the stanza lines to be changed header always The d flag specifies the device name in the queue to be changed lp0 The q flag specifies the queue name in which to change nza 4019ascii 4 3 4 Removing a Queue Device When it becomes necessary to remove a queue device the rmquedev command may be used The rmquedev command removes a printer or plotter queue device from the system configuration by deleting the named queue device stanza To delete the Ip0 device stanza and modify the queue device stanza in the 4019ascii queue stanza enter
150. dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 11024 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f82 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 5063221f th_ack e7a4fe04 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum fefd th_urp 0 00000000 00 KkeKKKAKK LPD acknowledges receipt OF data kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic 235 236 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d rbrk 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 32226 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecaf ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe04 th_ack 50632220 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum fefc th_urp 0 00000000 00 aekekkkkKKKK Rembak sends number of bytes in control file x xxxxKKKKKK akKKKKKKKKKK Followed by control file name kkkkkkkkkkkkkkk packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access con
151. dt q3825 Where t kills the process after the printing process is completed and d brings down the queue 3 To start PSF 6000 enter the following command psfctl u q3825 7 8 3 Removing a PSF 6000 queue To remove a PSF 6000 queue follow these steps 1 You have to have root authority to remove a PSF 6000 queue Enter the following command to deactivate a PSF 6000 queue psfctl dt q3825 2 Check if the queue is down by entering the Ipstat command Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk bsh bshde READY q3825 devl DOWN q3825 dev2 DOWN q3825 dev3 DOWN q3825 dev4 DOWN S e 3 To do this via SMIT enter the following command psfcfg l 4 Select Remove a Printer from the following panel 180 Printing Under AIX V4 PSF 6000 Printer Definition Move cursor to desired item and press Enter List All Printers Defined to PSF 6000 Load Driver onto S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue Show Change Characteristics of a Printer Remove a Printer F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do J 5 Select the queue you want to remove Printer Name Attachment Data Stream Description Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll q3825 channel IPDS F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next 6 Press Enter in t
152. e 5 5 Using the Print Spooling Subsystem as a Generic Spooling Subsystem The AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem is also a generic queueing and spooling system It can be adapted to perform tasks that you wish to serialize These sorts of requirements may exist if you have some resources that can only be used by a single user or process at a time or if you wish to share a system s resources by serializing the use of facilities that make great demands on a resource By way of example we will show how to use the print spooling subsystem to run a C compile e Create a queue To do this enter smit mkpq The following screen is displayed Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 99 Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory ena Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Con lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated N other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next mai e In the previous screen select other The following screen is displayed i i Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all de
153. e Once the software is installed t opens Click the Printer Template Type icon to display printer templates in the Template Area Cal i Drag and drop the New Printer template into the Printers pane of the Work Area Wait for the Add Printer Print Queue dialog to open Figure 10 Installation Assistant Information Window 28 Printing Under AIX V4 Following is the window you get after clicking the airplane icon for the Define Printers line in Figure 9 on page 27 You can also get this window by clicking the printer icon in Instruction 1 on the previous window Figure 11 Installation Assistant Spool Manager Window Based on the previous window follow the instructions in Figure 10 on page 28 to add a new printer to the print spooling subsystem You just have to drag and drop and type some information like queue names You can also delete and modify queue and printer definitions Chapter 2 Installing a Printer 29 30 Printing Under AIX V4 Chapter 3 Printing Files Now that we have a printer configured we will probably want to use it This chapter reviews the commands available to request a job be printed and then manage the progress of that job through the print spooling subsystem It is important that a systems administrator develops a good understanding of these commands as users will often seek assistance on how to meet their more complex printing requirements or to get that special rush job
154. e Ipstat or enq A commands to display the queues and their status as follows Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk pcl 1pO0 READY bsh bshde READY ps 1pO0 READY qaix dev1 READY 8 Use the enq command to test the PSF 6000 queue enq Pqaix etc qconfig 7 4 Channel Attached Printer Installation In order to install some IPDS printer you have to use S 370 Channei Emulator A adapter in the RISC System 6000 This would be the primary task involved in setting up a channel attached IPDS printer We recommend the assistance of the IBM Pennant service representative This section includes the tasks you have to perform to 1 Shut down and power off your system 2 Install the S 370 Channel Emulator A adapter 3 Configure PSF 6000 for the channel attached printer 4 Verify the S 370 channel attachment 160 Printing Under AIX v4 After the physical installation of the adapter all you have to do is to power on the RISC System 6000 so it can recognize the installed adapter 7 4 1 Installing the S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Follow these steps for installing the S 370 Channel Emulator A 1 Record the slot number in which the adapter was installed In this case we are using slot number 2 Obtain the Control Unit Address of the printer from the IBM Pennant service representative The Control Unit Address we are using is 1B The Printer we are using is an IBM 3825
155. e host sbhat with queue name 40asc The packets are exchanged between the rembak process in the client tesch aix dfw ibm com and the Ipd daemon in the server sbhat aix dfw iobm com Packets with PUSH in flags lt gt indicate data is exchanged between rembak and Ipd No data is exchanged between rembak and Ipd when you have a single ACK in flags lt gt The output for the iptrace command in the tmp report out is xxxxxxxxxx HANDSHAKING TO ESTABLISH CONTACT WITH SERVER 44 4 44 packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 44 ip_id 11019 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f84 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632201 th_ack 0 th_off 6 flags lt SYN gt th_win 16384 th_sum cb8c th_urp 0 00000000 020405ac Printing Under AIX V4 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap
156. e l Note The pipeline in the virtual printer actually calls enscript and this command will not work without it If the printer microcode is not at level 52 3 or higher you may wish to contact Lexmark Technical Support at 606 232 3000 to obtain this version so the 4019 can dynamically switch between emulations If the printer hardware is at level 52 3 version of the Adobe Software then to ensure that the printer will automatically switch modes check the mZ attribute in the virtual printer The mZ attribute in the virtual printer for the PostScript queue must be set to Use the following steps to set the mZ 1 With root authority issue the following SMIT fastpath smit virprt 2 Select Change Show Characteristics of a Virtual printer Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 249 3 Select the PostScript queue 4 At the To terminate press Enter prompt enter mZ H 2 How to Support any Native Typefont on the HP Laserjet Ill or IV PCL The following information is provided AS S to suggest how to provide a capability not described in InfoExplorer but that uses the standard features of the colon files virtual printers in AIX 3 2 If you want to print with a gothic font at pitch 12 and be able to select this from the command line with the following command o qprt sgothic p15 Pqueue i You will probably will get the following error message gt MESSAGE FROM PRINT JOB 28 STDIN 56
157. e network printer adapter works in conjuction with software running on the print server which redirects print data normally destined for a print server s parallel ports The server based software uses IEEE 802 2 data link control flows to send data to either the serial or parallel port of the network printer adapter The redirector software portion of the 4033 must reside on the IBM AIX Version 4 1 for the RISC System 6000 You can submit a print job through this device to a queue on the print server as if the printer was directly attached to the server The 4033 intercepts the output before it reaches the server s LPT port and redirects it to the network printer adapter Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 131 You can submit a print job remotely via TCP IP using the remote print services Ipd you can use the printers attached to the 4033 by addressing the print job to a remote queue located on the print server which has the printers locally attached through the IBM 4033 LAN Connection The IBM 4033 can be configured to a RISC System 6000 across a bridge The adapter will not communicate over gateways such as TCP IP gateways and routers You have to define each printer attached to the 4033 as a virtual printer on RISC System 6000 designated as the print server The IBM 4033 LAN Connection operates without noticeable degradation of prinitng performance and support the following data streams e IBM Personal Printer Data Stream PPDS e Hew
158. e of the existing print queue to which you are attaching you new printer or press F4 to see a list of available print queues Also make a selection of the printer language for the selected print queue In our example we have selected 4019ps as the print Printing Under AIX V4 queue and ps as the printer language If you are successful a screen like the following will be displayed COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Added printer 1p1 Added printer Ipl to print queue 4019ps F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shell F1Q Exit Find L J 4 3 2 Displaying a Queue Device Configuration Information When a printer is physically functional and the queue is configured properly yet jobs are still not being printed you may then want to display the queue device information If the queue device is not shown in the list or the configuration is not correct it may have been deleted or modified in error There are several commands which allow you to list queue devices This section will describe how it is done using the 1squedev and 1sallqdev commands e Displaying the Queue Device Stanza Information Using Isquedev The 1squedev command displays the name of the queue stanza and associated attributes Examples 1 To display the IpO device stanza on the 4019ascii queue enter Isquedev q4019ascii d1p0 1p0 file
159. e queue and queue device that serve the virtual printer Virtual printers are important because modern printers can support multiple data streams For example the Lexmark IBM 4029 can support ASCII PostScript and HP PCL data streams Users may wish to utilize all of these options on the same physical device So virtual printers provide a method for mapping multiple data streams to the single printer device For example the ASCII data stream mode of printing for a specific Lexmark IBM 4029 LaserPrinter is one virtual printer The PostScript printing mode for the same Lexmark IBM 4029 LaserPrinter may be a second virtual printer definition associated with that same physical Lexmark IBM 4029 LaserPrinter device Virtual Printers Each virtual printer represents different data streams 3 Print queues 4 virtual printers IBM 3930 2 Printers Figure 3 AIX V4 1 Virtual Printer Concept As you can see from Figure 3 print queues can be serviced by more than one printer The matching of printers to queues is done through virtual printers So in Figure 3 if a print request is sent to the queue ASCII it can be printed on either the Lexmark IBM 4029 or the IBM 3930 printer It can though only be printed in ASCII mode on the 4029 printer If two separate jobs are sent to both the ps and the pcl queue then both jobs will be printed on the 4029 printer The job sent to the pcl queue will drive the 4029 in PCL mode and the job sent to
160. e splp command or the LPRMODS ioctl subroutine To permanently modify the behavior of the device driver you can modify the device configuration parameters via the smit chgprt command The Isattr command can be used to query the current status of the printer device driver settings Section 4 4 Configuring and Managing Printer Devices on page 68 deals with device drive configuration Chapter 1 Introduction 5 One important attribute of a printer device driver is that is can be set to a transparent mode In this mode the data stream that is fed to the device driver by an application is not modified in any way For example when you print via the device driver it has a line length set as one of its characteristics If line length was set to 80 characters the device driver would only send 80 character long lines to the printer even if the lines sent to the device driver are longer than 80 characters In transparent mode the device driver will not attempt to force its line length setting upon the file being passed through to the printer So as you can surmise in transparent mode the application that is attempting to print has control of the printer device and the application itself must issue the appropriate control characters to ensure printout looks as it should 1 1 3 Printing via the Print Spooling Subsystem 6 Printing Under AIX V4 The other major method of printing is to use the print spooling subsystem AIX V4 1 features a substan
161. e the printer between users but the virtual printer system will not be used to format printer data streams This is in effect the way PostScript and HPGL printers are supported Where no AIX V4 1 supported printer matches the printer you wish to configure you can install your printer by configuring it first as a printer that is similar to yours You then modify its characteristics to suit your purposes Printing Under AIX V4 In this case you create a new or modified virtual printer that provides the function you require In cases where an output device has special formatting requirements for example an electrostatic plotter that requires input be rasterized you can substitute the formatting software for the formatter or the printer backend program In this example the electrostatic rasterizing program could be substituted for the formatter 5 2 1 1 Device Drivers and Nonsupported Printers A device driver may be configured for a nonsupported printer To do this you select the printer most similar to yours or one of the generic printer devices AIX V4 1 supports and then modify it to suit AIX V4 1 provides support for two generic printer devices opp and osp It is recommended that unless you are confident that your printer emulates a supported printer device you should use the generic printer devices If your printer has no or very small buffers then the IBM Proprinter II 4201 2 should be used as the printer device Yo
162. een in 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue on page 18 e Type smit mkpq Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 87 e Select local e Select Other e Select generic e Select the Printer Interface in our example rs232 e Select the Parent Adapter in our example sal The following screen is displayed after making the selection a Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes TOP Entry Fields Description Generic Printer Names of NEW print queues to add ASCII manascii GL Emulation PCL Emulation PostScript Printer connection characteristics PORT number s2 BAUD rate 9600 PARITY none BITS per character 8 Number of STOP BITS 1 MORE 3 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image se a e Inthe previous screen enter the port number and set the communications parameters to match the printer settings As we are using the Mannesman Tally 86 printer as an ASCII printer we will only add an ASCII queue for it e Press F10 to exit smit The ASCII virtual printer does not send any initialization or restore sequences to the printer The only characters sent are tab ff If etc No escape sequences are used so the particular emulation is irrelevant This setup was tried and the printer worked correctly in basic draft mode To use the features of a printer that is set up in this way requires
163. eft in the database it will show as defined but not available This is useful if you wish to temporarily use a port for other purposes To change a printer that is defined but not available back to being available use the Configure a Defined Printer Plotter option on the smit pdp menu 4 5 Configuring and Managing Virtual Printers To manage the print spooling subsystem in AIX V3 1 we had to deal with four objects virtual printer queue queue device and printer device while in AIX V4 1 we deal with only one object print queue None of the previous AIX V3 1 four objects have disappeared in AIX V4 1 They are hidden under the print queue object Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 71 Predefined printers usr pd pio predef One per supported virtual printer piopredef Creates predef files from customised virtual printers Digested binary configuration file created via piodigest One file per virtual printer This file is used by the spooling system Modifies virtual printers Ausr Ipd pio predef For 4019 contains 4019 asc 4019 z1 4019 pcl 4019 ps Configure a 4019 to use a postscript datastream Create device dev Ip1 Create queue named post Create queue device named postd fusr Ipd pio custom post postd file created fusr Ipd pio ddl 4019 ps Ip1 post postd file created Virtual Printer Database Files and Relationships Figure 31 The Virtual Printer Database Even though you do not have t
164. entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 4019 LaserPrinter Printer name p tx24 itsc austin ibm gt Names of NEW print queues to add ASCII tx24asc GL Emulation tx24g1 PCL Emulation tx24pc1 PostScript tx24ps F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do 9 In the previous screen type a name for each emulation queue that your printer can emulate In our example we have four queues because the IBM 4019 LaserPrinter can emulate ASCII GL PCL and PostScript If you are succesful you will get a screen like the following 96 Printing Under AIX V4 Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Added printer p txl2 itsc austin ibm com Added print queue tx24asc Added print queue tx24gl1 Added print queue tx24pcl Added print queue tx24ps F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shel F1Q Exit Find n Find Next Seni a COMMAND STATUS We have now configured an IBM Xstation connected printer The qconfig stanza generated by the previous example is as follows tx24asc device p tx24 petx24 file var spool 1pd pio local dev p tx24 itsc austin ibm com xstation header never trailer never access both backend usr lib 1pd pio etc piolpx p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24gl device p tx24 pe
165. er ibm4029 IBM 4029 LaserPrinter ibm4037 IBM 4037 LP printer ibm4039 IBM 4039 LaserPrinter Nai asa 6 In this step you will probably find some differences however you have to select if you want header and trailer pages or not also you have to define a queue for each data stream as follows n D Header pages wanted 1 1 No 2 Each file 3 Each job Select 1 Trailer pages wanted 1 1 No 2 Each file 3 Each job Select 1 A queue for each data stream supported by the printer will now be configured PPDS IBM ASCII Mode Enter print queue name or to bypass asc ascina PostScript Mode Enter print queue name or to bypass ps psina 7 Now the queues are ready To check your INA queues enter the Ipstat command 8 After finishing this procedure the following message will appear The network printer adapter has been configured 9 You can test the network printer by issuing the following command enq Pascina etc hosts Note To set the IP address Netmask and Gateway refer to TCP IP Information for the IBM LaserPrinter 4039 manual 142 Printing Under AIX V4 6 4 Hewllet Packard JetDirect Card There are two kinds of JetDirect Attachments e External JetDirect card box located outside of the printer In this case the card IP address has to be defined via a BOOTP TFTP server e JetDirect Card installed in a prin
166. er AIX V4 Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration As you have seen from our previous discussion there are a number of components that make up the print spooling subsystem To configure the print spooling subsystem to meet specific requirements that you may have there are several key files and utilities This section discusses how to use those files and utilities to modify the print spooling subsystem as required The following topics will be discussed e Configuring and managing print queues e Configuring and managing print queue devices e Configuring and managing printer devices e Configuring and managing virtual printers 4 1 A Technical Overview of Print Queues and Queue Devices 4 1 1 The qconfig File The qcontfig file is used by the print spooling subsystem to control configuration of the print queues themselves and the backend print queue devices that will process the enqueued jobs The qconfig file contains stanzas that describe the characteristics of the printer spool queues and the backend devices that they invoke Some examples of these stanzas are explained below There is one important aspect of the qconfig file that should be understood This is the manner in which the configuration information is accessed by the enq command or the qdaemon This relationship is summarized in Figure 14 on page 46 and the following paragraph In AIX V3 1 the qconfig file appeared in two directories There was a usr lpd
167. er Device Settings Printer device settings may be permanently modified by using the smit chgprt command This command invokes a SMIT dialogue that allows you to modify the printer device settings To modify a printer use the process described in section 4 4 1 1 Displaying Printer Device Settings with the smit chgprt Command on page 68 4 4 4 Moving a Printer to Another Port In the circumstances where you wish to keep all of a printer s configuration information but move the printer to a new port you can use the smit movprt command This command invokes a simple SMIT dialogue for moving your printer to a new port To perform this task 1 Enter smit movprt 2 You will be presented with a list of configured printers Select the printer you wish to configure 3 You are now presented with a list of available communications adapters Select the adapter that you wish to move the printer to 4 You must now select the port number on the selected adapter When you press Enter the printer will be moved to a new port 4 4 5 Removing a Printer Device Printer devices may be removed using the smit rmvprt command To remove a printer 1 Enter smit rmvprt 2 You will be presented with a list of configured printers Select the one you wish to remove 3 You will be presented with the Remove a Printer Plotter menu where you may select whether or not you wish to save the configuration in the ODM database If you ask to have the printer l
168. er Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 63 64 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter MORE 3 ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II Parent Adapter Move cursor to desired item and press Enter sa Available 00 00 S1 Standard I 0 Serial Port 1 sal Available 00 00 S2 Standard I O Serial Port 2 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next In the previous screen select the parent adapter for you printer interface In our exmple we have selected the sa0 Available 00 00 S1 Standard I O Serial Port 1 A screen like the following is displayed Add an Additional Printer to an Existing Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 4039 LaserPrinter Name of existing PRINT QUEUE 1 Printer LANGUAGE Printer connection characteristics PORT number s1 BAUD rate 9600 PARITY none BITS per character 8 Number of STOP BITS 1 FLOW CONTROL to be used dtr Printer TIME OUT period seconds 300 STATE to be configured at boot time available F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do In the previous screen in the Name of existing PRINT QUEUE field type the nam
169. er is advantageous in situations where the relationship between and application and a printer needs to be more secure or intimate For example if you have a check printing application you may wish to ensure via interaction with a user that the correct stationary is in place and that it is correctly positioned before sending output to the printer Direct printing enables this to be done Another example is the situation where an application such as a security application may wish to print one line messages to a printer over a long period of time Again this is a scenario where direct printing via the device driver may be appropriate In this environment the application driving the printer is directly responsible for ensuring the printer is correctly utilized 2 Printing by utilizing the print spooling subsystem 4 Printing Under AIX V4 In this environment information that a user or application wishes to be printed is sent to the spooling subsystem The spooling subsystem will itself drive the printers and share them among the various applications and users who wish to access printers 1 1 2 Printing via the Printer Device Driver When printing via the printer device driver an application sends output to the printer without the involvement of the print spooling subsystem This is done by directing application output to the printer device driver The printer device driver itself is an AIX V4 1 file for example dev Ip2 that communicates wit
170. ers systems engineers or integrators in understanding this topic This document is not designed to solve all printer problems that you may encounter It is intended to be a thorough review of the topic of printing under AIX V4 1 that will assist in understanding the principles and function of this subsystem The document is organized as follows Chapter 1 Introduction This provides an introduction to the basic concepts of printing in the AIX V4 1 environment as well as a technical introduction to PSF 6000 and Palladium Chapter 2 Installing a Printer This chapter reviews the process of installing a printer supported by AIX V4 1 and the basic configuration of the print spooling subsystem to support the new printer Chapter 3 Printing Files This chapter reviews the new AIX V4 1 facilities available for making print requests and managing the progress of print requests through the print spooling subsystem Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration This chapter reviews the AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem in some detail and outlines the facilities available to configure and manage print queues print queue devices virtual printers and printer device drivers Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics This chapter covers several more advanced printing topics such as remote printing terminal connected printers Xstation connected printers configuring nonsupported printers and using the pr
171. ers or applications with specific queues you may want special queues that are available only at certain times you may want to track printer use of some users but not others Given that you require modification of the print queue or queue device stanzas in the qconfig file there are two major ways in which these files can be manipulated e The first is to edit the qconfig file directly using the editor of your choice e The second is to use the facilities provided via AIX V4 1 and SMIT to configure print queues and queue devices This is the recommended approach The following sections discuss the facilities provided by AIX V4 1 to manipulate the qcontfig file This section will describe how to perform the following print queue configuration and management tasks via the facilities provided by AIX V4 1 e Adding a print queue e Displaying print queue configuration information e Modifying a print queue configuration e Stopping and starting a print queue e Removing a print queue Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 51 4 2 1 Adding a Print Queue 52 In AIX V3 1 we had to deal with four objects queue queue device virtual printer and printer device in contrast with AIX V4 1 where you only deal with a single object the print queue But none of these four objects have disappeared they are hidden under the print queue object As you have seen in section 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue on page 18 we have in
172. es wanted n none a each file g each job gt n SMIT then prompts you to configure the multiple data streams which this printer will support In this case we define the PostScript data stream and the PCL HP Laserjet IIl Emulation which is PCL5 Select the PCL queue as the default queue then press Enter Header pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n n Trailer pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n n NOTE The 4039 printer supports multiple print data streams Each of the data streams will now be configured individually PostScript Language Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt ps ps Should this queue be the default queue gt y n 4039 PostScript Language configured for print queue ps PCL Emulation Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt pcl pcl Should this queue be the default queue gt y y 4039 PCL Emulation configured for print queue pcl Press Enter to continue zH 8 You are back to the Virtual Printer SMIT Panel press F10 to exit SMIT 9 Print a file to ensure that the virtual printer is defined correctly Enter the following command enq P pcl etc qconfig 7 3 3 Adding a PSF 6000 Queue for PCL Output In order to use an AIX PCL queue as a PSF 6000 queue you have to follow these steps 1 From the c
173. ess Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II Parent Adapter Move cursor to desired item and press Enter ppaO Available 00 00 OP Standard I O Parallel Port Adapter Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next After entering the printer of choice the parent adapter selection list is displayed 16 In the previous screen there was only one adapter to choose If there were more than one adapter they would also be listed Select the parent adapter that corresponds to the communications port you have connected your printer The following screen will be displayed Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 4019 LaserPrinter Names of NEW print queues to add ASCII 0 GL Emulation 0 PCL Emulation 0 PostScript 0 Printer connection characteristics PORT number p Type of PARALLEL INTERFACE standard Printer TIME OUT period seconds 600 STATE to be configured at boot time available F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do Figure 6 Adding a Print Queue Menu Parallel Printer 24 Printing Under AIX V4 17 In the previous screen you are promp
174. est is received by the system You can direct a print job to a specific printer with a flag on the qprt command for example qprt P1p0 1pd2 2 The default configuration for the print spooling subsystem in the AIX V3 1 hada single batch queue configured In AIX V4 1 we do not have any queue configured but we still have the batch queue as an example in the qcontfig file The batch queue example for AIX V4 1 contains these stanzas bsh device bshdev discipline fcfs bshdev backend bin sh Figure 17 Possible Batch Queue Configuration The bsh stanza is the queue and the bshdev stanza is the queue device stanza To run a shell procedure called myproc using this batch queue enter qprt Pbsh myproc Where myproc is an executable file with the following line sie PRINTING gt bsh out To see what is inside bsh out type Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 49 cat bsh out Hetttt EHHHH tt ttttttt o fH o HHHH Hettte EHHHH Htt t tt tHHH Mea zH The qprt command in this example processes the file myproc using the queue P bsh The queuing system runs the files one at a time in the order submitted The qdaemon process redirects its standard input standard output and standard error to the dev null
175. evice End 25 PinD 25PinD Female Male Ground Shield 1 TD 2 3 RD 3 2 RTS 4 5 CTS 5 4 DSR 6 20 DTR CD 8 Signal Ground 7 7 l DTR 20 6 DSR 8 CD D 2 4 Cable N 64 Port Adapter to 16 port Concentrator One of these cables is supplied with each concentrator at a standard length Since it is supported to a longer length the pinout s maximum supported lengths are provided here Feature Code 6401 Length 7 6 m 25 ft Maximum Length Customer Supplied 762 m 2500 ft System End Device End RJ 45 RJ 45 Shield 3 3 Pair 2 4 4 Appendix D RISC System 6000 Printer Cabling 217 D 2 5 Cable P RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable This cable is used to attach the serial cable D to the 16 port concentrator box It converts from RJ45 to 25 pin D Feature Code 6402 4 provided per 6402 Length 0 45 m 1 5 ft Maximum Length 60 m 200 ft from concentrator to device i e combining P amp D a ERMAR T A ea PL LENDE ND Nob eo SRA OES AO System End Device End RJ 45 25 Pin D Male Ground Shield 1 1 RTS 2 4 RD 3 3 CD 4 8 Signal Ground 5 7 TD 6 2 l DTR 7 20 CTS 8 5 D 2 6 Cable NB NC 128 Port Asynchronous Controller Cable
176. fined in the qconfig file The qconfig file is discussed in more detail in section 4 1 1 The qconfig File on page 45 Table 1 on page 36 summarizes the types of status information for printers that you are likely to see when querying the print spooling subsystem The following table describes entries which may be displayed in the Status column Chapter 3 Printing Files 35 36 Table 1 Printer Status Definitions Status Explanation READY Indicates that the printer is up and ready to accept jobs DEV_WAIT Indicates that either the printer is not online out of paper has a paper jam or any similar problem which will prevent the job from printing Normally the problem that causes this state has also caused a message to be sent to the job owner or the operator RUNNING Indicates that a job is either enroute to be printed or is printing HELD Indicates that the job is held and will not be put on the queue until it is released using the qhld or enq commands DOWN Indicates that the printer is not online probably taken offline by the operator for maintenance UNKNOWN Indicates that the status command cannot determine the status of the printer This state is often an indicator of problems with printers or the print spooling subsystem OPR_WAIT Indicates that the job is suspended waiting on the an operator response to a message See section 5 7 4 Using Messages to a Printer Operator on page 106 for a
177. fo IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM FPOONDOBW Z 2390 2391 3812 3816 4019 4029 4039 4070 Description Personal Printer II Personal Printer II Model 2 Page Printer Page Printer LaserPrinter LaserPrinter LaserPrinter IJ Printer Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 7 2 more 134 Printing Under AIX V4 11 Enter the required values and the names of the queues you want to configure for the printer as shown below IBM 4019 LaserPrinter Header pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n n Trailer pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n n NOTE The 4019 printer supports multiple print data streams Each of the data streams will now be configured individually PostScript Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt ps ps4033 Should this queue be the default queue gt y n 4019 PostScript configured for print queue ps4033 HP LaserJet II Emulation Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt pcl pcl4033 Should this queue be the default queue gt y y 4019 HP LaserJet II Emulation configured for print queue pc14033 Plotter Emulation Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt gl g14033 4019 Plotter Emulation configured for print queue
178. ften form a crucial part of complex applications systems such as publishing office or CAD Printers are also associated with a major operating system subsystem However this is changing very fast Today we find the printing environment is expanding and becoming more Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 1 2 Printing Under AIX V4 complex The communications technology is also growing rapidly We can see that this is true by the fact that Local Area Networks are normal in many enterprises today These LANs are connected to a host network and may be interconnected to other LANs through routers bridges or gateways The possibility of sharing data and computing resources that might be expensive such as printers through a network has made that business begin to focus on distributed printing environments and application requirements in order to reduce operating costs and improve productivity Moving computing resources as close as possible to the target users of the information can make printing more effective In doing so systems administrators have discovered that printing in a distributed environment is not as simple as it could be assumed This is seen in the heterogeneous nature of the AIX environment which represents multiple operating systems from multiple vendors This also can be defined as an open systems environment In LAN environments printing is performed either on individual workstation attached printers or on a shared printer on a
179. g 1 1 4 The piobe Process The piobe process then takes the print file passed to it through a a pipeline of appropriate filters for example the PostScript filter which first add printer initialization commands as specified in the virtual printer attributes then filter for ASCII or pass the data through unaltered for PostScript or passthrough and send it on to the printer and finally send printer reset sequences Filtering the data usually involves setting the page width or length substituting spaces for tabs and similar actions In our previous discussion about the printer device drivers it was mentioned that the device driver can be set to a transparent mode The piobe process uses the device driver in this transparent mode so that the printer data stream generated by piobe is not modified as it passes through the device driver to the actual printer device This means that the only way to specifically configure the behavior of a printer when using the print spooling subsystem is to modify the virtual printer database Alternately you may ask piobe to pass the print job directly to the printer via the appropriate flags d p for piobe or qprt for example and let the application provide printer control 1 1 5 The rembak Process 10 In many modern installations users of one system may wish to share a printing resource installed on another system AIX V4 1 supports this via remote or networked printing facilities These remote p
180. ged AIX V3 by the Systems Resource Controller Issrc g spooler lists the status of process in the spooler group Isvirprt Lists the attributes of a virtual printer AIX V3 mkque Adds a printer queue to the system AIX V3 mkvirprt Adds a virtual printer to the system AIX V3 mkquedev Adds a printer queue device to the system AIX V3 piobe Print job manager for the printer backend AIX V2 qadm Performs administration functions for the printer spooling AIX V3 system qchk Displays the status of a print queue AIX V3 qcan Cancels a print job AIX V3 qdaemon Schedules jobs enqueued by the enq command AIX V2 qhld Holds and releases a spooled print job AIX V4 1 qmov Moves spooled print jobs to another queue AIX V4 1 qpri Prioritizes a job in the print queue AIX V3 qprt Starts a queued print job AIX V3 qstatus Provides printer status for the print spooling system AIX V3 rembak Sends a print job to a queue on a remote server AIX V3 rmque Removes a printer queue from the system AIX V3 rmquedev Removes a printer queue device from the system AIX V3 Appendix A AIX Print Commands 199 Table 9 Page 3 of 4 Commands Used in Printing Command Explanation Heritage ruser Directly manipulates entries in system databases that BSD control foreign host access to programs splp Changes or displays printer driver settings AIX V2 startsrc Starts processes and process groups managed by the AIX V3 SRC such as the spooler group or the qdaemon or Ipd processes stop
181. gged while you are making the changes 7 5 5 Attaching the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment To attach the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment to the LAN and printer follow these steps 1 Attach the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment to the LAN using an IBM Token Ring cable 2 Attach the i data 7913 Printer LAN Attachment to the printer using the coaxial cable 3 For coaxial printers clamp the ferrite cable block to the coaxial cable approximately 10 cm 4 inches from the 7913 4 Power on the 4028 5 Plug in the 7913 The POWER light goes on and the LAN light blinks several seconds later which means that the 7913 is active on the IBM Token Ring network The Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 blinking is caused when the 7913 sends out its bootp request Once the reply from the bootp daemon is received the LAN light stops blinking 6 Ping the 7913 and press Ctrl C to stop pinging as follows K ping 9 3 1 31 PING 9 3 1 31 9 3 1 31 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 9 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time 1 ms 64 bytes from 9 1 icmp_seq 1 ttl 255 time 1 ms 64 bytes from 9 1 icmp_seq 2 tt1l 255 time 1 ms 64 bytes from 9 1 icmp_seq 3 tt1 255 time 1 ms 64 bytes from 9 1 icmp_seq 5 tt1l 255 time 1 ms 9 3 1 31 PING Statistics 5 packets transmitted 5 packets received 0 packet loss round trip min avg max 1 1 1 ms 7 6 Configuring PSF 6000 for a TCP IP Attached Printer Once you have
182. h the actual printer device The application that is printing output must control the printer s action through the device driver Application Device gt e Physical Printer catfles devip ragui Page Formats Control Characters Processed Printer Communications Interface Managed Printer Device Driver Interfaces Transparent ornon transparent processing Configured via splp command Figure 2 Printer Device Driver Figure 2 shows how a device driver and application interact to print The printer data stream is directed to the device itself via an application For example 1s 1 u mine gt dev 1p2 will print the output from the 1s command on printer lp2 The ls command may for example produce a few hundred lines of output The printer device driver itself will modify the data stream to ensure that the printer puts the right number of lines on a page that pages are ejected at page ends that a page eject is the last command sent and that control characters such as line feeds and carriage returns are correctly interpreted The device driver also controls the printer communications port through attributes such as line speed parity and stop bits for that printer port A printer device driver s characteristics are determined when it is initially configured Chapter 2 Installing a Printer on page 17 gives an example of the installation process The manner in which the device driver behaves can be temporarily modified using th
183. has been split for formatting 321 sh Ide pioburst F H Idb H ascii Ide pioformat Idd Imm Idf piof420x ql J L IsH 4 Run piodigest to digest the modifications to the custom file by using the lsvirprt command but without actually changing any attributes 5 7 Printer and Plotter Tips and Hints In this section we will discuss printer and plotter tips and hints 5 7 1 Printer Specific Information The following information may be useful when configuring certain printers on AIX IBM 3812 Model 2 Pageprinter The AIX Font Diskette Feature Code 3155 must be installed in the printer s diskette drive for this printer to function correctly IBM 3816 Page Printer The AIX Font Diskette Feature Code 7652 must be installed in the printer s diskette drive for this printer to function correctly IBM 4019 Laser Printer The system will select IBM ASCII HP LaserJet II Emulation or the Plotter Emulation data stream without intervention IBM 4216 Personal Pageprinter Model 031 The switches on the back of the printer must be set for Automatic Emulation Switching as specified in Appendix B of the Personal Page Printer I Model 031 Guide to Operations manual IBM 5202 Quietwriter III Although this printer detects the presence of a font cartridge the RISC System 6000 does not If any of the following are present then AIX needs to be informed e lf a font cartridge is installed that includes a font in code page 850 e If
184. he Are You Sure Panel 7 9 PSF 6000 Troubleshooting This section describes the some common problems along with some solutions for solving these problems e f print jobs are not printing make sure that all queues are up and running by entering the enq A or Ipstat commands Also ensure that there is enough disk space in the tmp and var filesystems e lf PostScript files are not printing make sure the PostScript transform daemon is running To check for the process enter the following command ps ef grep ps2afp If the daemon is not running restart it with the following command cd usr 1pp psf bin ps2afpd e f a channel attached printer is not working verify the channel address of the printer by bringing PSF 6000 for the queue associated with the channel attached printer down with the psfctl dt q3825 command Another problem is that you may be out of space in one or more of the AIX filesystems To check filesystem space enter the df command You can erase smit script and smit log files for additional space If more space is needed you may need to increase the size of the var filesystem Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 181 7 10 Remote Printing From Client Systems PSF 6000 Connectivity 182 One of the major benefits of PSF 6000 is that it allows you to print from various platforms to high speed high quality non impact printers through your your network This means that many c
185. he INA determines the incoming protocol with the SmartSwitch which automatically switches to the appropiate datastream interpreter This means that the MarkNet cards allows the 4039 printer to receive and print jobs from multiple operating system environments simultaneously The printer automatically use the appropiate protocols DLC LLC IPX AppleTalk or TCP IP for each print job received There are seven different types of INA options for attaching to Token Ring Ethernet 10BaseT 10Base2 and LocalTalk wiring topologies The MarkNet XL INAs support all the same protocols as MarkNet INAs with the addition of concurrent support for TCP IP The MarkNet XL network adpaters support the TCP IP protocols used by these network operating systems e SunOS e Sun Solaris e IBM AIX 6000 e Sun Solaris x86 e HP UX SCO e NCR System V 6 3 1 Internal Network Adapters for AIX V 4 1 Most of the AIX environments use TCP IP protocols for communications between all the hosts that integrates the network The INA adapter is treated as another host This means that the adapter has its own IP address so you can ping the card as any other host For this reason we recommend for you to use the MarkNet XL INA options because of the TCP IP support that adapters have These are the INA adapters that you use with TCP IP networks using AIX 6000 V 4 1 e MarkNet XL Internal Network Adapter for Token Ring Part Number 1325496 e MarkNet XL Intern
186. he LexLink protocol is used by the IBM 4033 and the IBM LaserPrinter Internal Network Adapter 6 3 3 Installing the INA Attached Printer 140 The first step you have to perform is to add a host name and an IP address for the network printer as follows vi etc hosts Internet Address Hostname Comments 192 9 200 1 netOsample ethernet name address 128 100 0 1 tokenOsample token ring name address 10 2 0 2 x25sample x 25 name address 127 0 0 1 loopback localhost loopback 100 name address 129 35 22 163 thiessen 9 3 1 28 bob4 9 3 1 74 gandalf itsc austin ibm com gandalf 9 3 1 99 ina4039 i 4 Now you have to install the AIX TCP IP Network Printer Utility as follows 1 Insert the utility diskette in the drive 2 Enter the following command to restore the utility files restore x f dev fd0 Please mount volume 1 on dev rfd0 press Enter to continue Note The files are installed on usr lpp lemark To configure the printer you can use either the mklexprt command or SMIT Printing Under AIX V4 To configure the printer using SMIT follow these steps 1 Enter the following fastpath smit mkpq 2 In the following screen select the lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated Network Option h Add a Print Queue x Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remo
187. he following panel PSF 6000 Printer Definition Move cursor to desired item and press Enter List All Printers Defined to PSF 6000 Load Driver onto S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue Show Change Characteristics of a Printer Remove a Printer Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do 3 Select 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter from the following panel Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter AIX Defined Parallel Serial or LAN TCP IP F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do 4 Fill the required fields as follows 162 Printing Under AIX V4 Add a S 370 Channel Attached Printer Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Data stream type IPDS Printer NAME q3825 SLOT number for S 370 Channel Emulator A Adapter Control unit ADDRESS 1B Number of QUEUE DEVICES 4 Description PSF 6000 IPDS PRT To specify other characteristics after you add a printer select Change Characteristics of a Printer from the PSF 6000 Printer Definition panel F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do oe ma 5 For the SLOT Number field Press F4 to select the slot number from t he list
188. he length of constant or string onto the stack Pla z Pops the stack and stores in internal variable L a Z Zeros specified variable Za zeros the internal a variable gla z Pushes the specified variable onto the stack Yor Adds the first two values popped and pushes the result back on o Subtracts the two values popped and pushes the result on Multiplies the two popped values and pushes the result on Al Divides the values ex 6 2 pushes the value 3 on stack Am Modulus the values ex 17 9 m pushes the value 8 on stack Yo Equal values are compared ex 2 2 pushes 1 on stack o gt If second value popped greater ex 2 3 gt pushes 0 stack A lt If second value popped less ex 2 3 lt pushes 1 true Negate first pop ex 2 pushes 0 0 pushes 1 S amp AND the first two values ex 4 7 amp pushes 4 on stack OR the first two values ex 5 3 pushes 7 on stack Yor EXCLUSIVE OR first two values ex 6 3 a pushes 5 stack 1 s COMPLEMENT first value and invert 1 pushes 0 stack AX Pass through to the piocmdout subroutine the number of bytes specified by the passthru argument from input to output without modification YWX While loop Whenever the matching is reached the internal variable specified is decremented by one Execution is transferred back to the character following wx as long as the value of the variable is greater than zero Appendix E
189. he qconfig File 0 000002 a es 45 4 1 2 Administrative Privilege and the Print Spooling Subsystem 50 4 2 Configuring and Managing Print Queues 51 4 2 1 Adding a Print Queue 0 00 220005 52 4 2 2 Displaying Print Queue Configuration Information 55 4 2 3 Modifying a Print Queue Configuration 56 4 2 4 Stopping and Starting a Print Queue 59 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 v Printing Under AIX V4 4 2 5 Removing a Print Queue the rmque Command 60 4 3 Configuring and Managing Print Queue Devices 61 4 3 1 Adding a Queue Device 2 0 00 000000 61 4 3 2 Displaying a Queue Device Configuration Information 65 4 3 3 Modifying a Queue Device 200000004 66 4 3 4 Removing a Queue Device 002 0004 67 4 4 Configuring and Managing Printer Devices 68 4 4 1 Displaying Printer Device Settings 68 4 4 2 Temporarily Changing Printer Device Device Settings 70 4 4 3 Permanently Changing Printer Device Settings 71 4 4 4 Moving a Printer to Another Port 71 4 4 5 Removing a Printer Device 000 0005 71 4 5 Configuring and Managing Virtual Printers 71 4 5 1 Adda Virtual Printer 0 0 0 0 0000222 74 4 5 2 Change Show the Attributes of a Virtual Pr
190. hen queued no COPY FILE and print from copy no REMOVE FILE after print job completes no Print job PRIORITY 15 Pre processing FILTER NAME INITIALIZE printer full initialization RESTORE printer yes MORE 18 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do Fillin Name of FILE to print field with the name of the file you want to print make all necessary modifications and press Enter to print your file If you are successful you will see a screen like the following s COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Job number is 18 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shell F1Q Exit Find n Find Next L J You might have noticed in the previous screen the line Job number is 18 This is a new feature in AIX V4 1 It is the number of the print request you have submitted You can also get this job number when printing through commands When using the enq and the lpr command use the j flag When using the qprt command use the j flag 34 Printing Under AIX V4 3 1 2 Listing Print Requests Within a Print Queue Once a print job has been submitted to the queueing system you may wish to see the status of the job on the print spooling subsystem You can do this through SMIT or commands In both ways you can review the contents of one or more prin
191. hese cable diagrams are provided for cabling engineers as reference when making cables for the RISC System 6000 Where available from IBM the relevant ordering information is supplied D 2 1 Cable D EIA 232D Asynchronous Cable Feature Code 2936 Maximum Length Customer Supplied 60 m 200 ft o ENEA A Ee AEA EREI ALAE S TAERE System End Device End 25 PinD 25 PinD Female Male Ground Shield 1 Shield TD 2 2 RD 3 3 l RTS 4 4 CTS 5 5 DSR 6 6 l Signal Ground 7 7 CD 8 8 DTR 20 20 RI 22 22 D 2 2 Cable K EIA 422A Asynchronous Cable Feature Code 2995 Maximum Length Customer Supplied 1220 m 4000 ft TxA or TD 2 15 RxA or RD lit 3 1 19 TxB or RD 4 17 RxB or RD 5 1 25 Sgnl grnd ee cee es ok 216 Printing Under AIX V4 D 2 3 Cable E Printer Terminal Interposer EIA 232 The Printer Terminal Interposer is attached to the previous cable to provide the correct pinouts for the printer or terminal at the device end The reason that it is the same for both printers and terminals is that the pinouts at the adapter end are assigned differently for each type of device by software This means that there is no need for two different types of serial cable Feature Code 2937 Length N A comes in the form of a gender changer Eo a ae PR gt A PI System End D
192. hgprt 2 You will be presented with a list of printers to be displayed or modified Select the printer of interest 3 You are presented with a summary of printer device settings that you may modify You may now review or modify the settings using the standard facilities of SMIT 4 4 1 2 Displaying Printer Device Settings with the splp Command To display the current printer settings for the dev Ip0 printer the default enter splp device dev 1p0 yes no CURRENT FORMATTING PARAMETERS ignored by qprt lpr and 1p commands Note p causes the other formatting parameters to be ignored p pass through c send carriage returns 1 66 page length lines n send line feeds w 80 page width columns r carriage rtn after line feed i 0 indentation columns t suppress tab expansion W wrap long lines b send backspaces C convert to upper case f send form feeds CURRENT ERROR PROCESSING PARAMETERS T 600 timeout value seconds e return on error ene Figure 26 Display Current Printer Settings for Printer Ip0 Using splp 68 Printing Under AIX V4 4 4 1 3 Displaying Printer Device Settings with the Isattr Cammand The 1sattr command displays information about the attributes of a given device or kind of device The lsattr command is a general AIX V4 1 command for displaying information about devices We will only review this command relative to printers Examples 1 To lis
193. hich are quite different 90 Printing Under AIX V4 5 2 5 Adding a Printer that Emulates a Proprinter Mannesman Tally 87 To add this printer and to provide support for most of the features of the Proprinter the following steps need to be performed 1 Type smit mkpq 2 Select local 3 Select IBM 4 Select IBM 4201 Model 2 Proprinter II The Proprinter has more features than are available on this printer but that will be addressed further o Select the Printer Interface 6 Select the Parent Adapter 7 Type the print queue name and press Enter The printer is added and a print queue was created 8 To customize this printer it would be helpful to print out the settings by entering lsvirprt q queue d queuedevice gt dev 1p0 do this for whichever queue queue device and printer that are set up 9 To customise this printer the var spool lpd pio local custom queue queuedevice file can be edited or smit lsvirprt may be used The fields in Table 5 must be set to null but the flags should be left in the file Table 5 Colon File Fields to Be Set to Null for MT 87 Flag Explanation Reason for Change mF Download Fonts Not supported on the MT87 t1 Stage 2 Translate Requires a font that is not loaded cl Italics Print Not supported on the MT87 ci Rom Font Not supported on the MT87 c2 Alternate Font Not supported on the MT87 cs Set Proportional Not supported on the MT87 eP Pr
194. hment from your Network Administrator In addition in some cases you probably will need the gateway address In this case we are using these values IP Address 9 3 1 31 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway address 9 3 1 74 If you are using a token ring network you also have to know the speed of the network This could be either 4 Mb s or 16 Mb s The speed of our token ring network is 16 Mb s If you are going to use an Ethernet network you need to know e The type of cable you are going to use The most common types of cable for an Ethernet network are 10base2 or 10baseT e Depending on the cable you are using you need either BNC connectors for 10base2 cable or RJ45 connectors for 10baseT All of these requirements assume that you have installed either an IBM Token Ring Network or an Ethernet LAN operating correctly Now we can start to configure the bootp server by following these steps 1 Edit the etc bootptab file using the vi editor E etc bootptab 2 Add the following line to the bottom of the file and save the file Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 167 168 D Legend first field hostname may be full domain name and probably should be hd home directory bf bootfile sa boot server IP address gw gateways ha hardware address ht hardware type Number 6 for Token Ring Ethernet for Ethernet ip host IP address sm subnet mas
195. ht IBM Corp 1991 1994 203 204 Table 13 Page 2 of 6 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1 Printer Connection Printer Description Name Emulation Type bull721 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 721 bull815 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 815 bull815 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 815 bull815 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 815 bull825 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 825 bull825 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 825 bull825 rs422 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 825 bull9142 parallel Bull Compuprint 914 bull9142 rs232 Bull Compuprint 914 bull9148 parallel Bull Compuprint 914 N bull9148 rs232 Bull Compuprint 914 N bull922 parallel Bull Compuprint 922 bull922 rs232 Bull Compuprint 922 bull922 rs422 Bull Compuprint 922 bull923 parallel Bull Compuprint 923 bull923 rs232 Bull Compuprint 923 bull923 rs422 Bull Compuprint 923 bull924 parallel Bull Compuprint 924 bull924 rs232 Bull Compuprint 924 bull924 rs422 Bull Compuprint 924 bull924N parallel Bull Compuprint 924 N bull924N rs232 Bull Compuprint 924 N bull924N rs422 Bull Compuprint 924 N bull956 parallel Bull Compuprint 956 bull956 rs232 Bull Compuprint 956 bull956 rs422 Bull Compuprint 956 bull970 parallel Bull Compuprint 970 bull970 rs232 Bull Compuprint 970 bull970 rs422 Bull Compuprint 970 bullpr88 parallel Bull PR 88 bullpr88 rs232 Bull PR 88
196. icense to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to the IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation 500 Columbus Avenue Thornwood NY 10594 USA The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer s operational environment While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk You can reproduce a page in this document as a transparency if that page has the copyright notice on it The copyright notice must appear on each page being reproduced The following terms which are denoted by an asterisk in this publication are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and or other countries Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 xv Xvi Advanced Function Presentation Advanced Function Presentation Data Stream AIX AIX 6000 AS 400 InfoExplorer MVS ESA OS 2 Pennant Proprinter Quickwriter RISC System 6000 Scalable POWERparallel Systems System 370 VSE ESA Advanced Function Printing AFP AIX ESA AlXwindo
197. ifying the queue characteristics or the queue device characteristics In our example we have selected to modify the queue characteristics The following screen is displayed Type or select values in entry fields status output Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Change Show Characteristics of a Queue Entry Fields Name of queue p2 ACTIVATE the queue yes Queuing DISCIPLINE first ACCOUNTING FILE pathname FALSE HOSTNAME of remote server Name of QUEUE on remote server Pathname of the SHORT FORM FILTER for queue status output Pathname of the LONG FORM FILTER for queue come first serve F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do Figure 20 SMIT chque Screen When the previous screen appears type in the appropriate changes and press Enter When entered the changes immediately take effect Printing Under AIX V4 4 2 4 Stopping and Starting a Print Queue When a printer is not functioning properly you may wish to take that printer offline This may be accomplished by using either the AIX V4 1 qadm or enq commands The qadm command is a frontend to the enq command and we will therefore not discuss the eng command here 4 2 4 1 Administering Printing Using the qadm Command The qadm command brings printers queues and the spooling system up or down makes printers available or unavailable and cancels jo
198. ile in dev directory other User Defined Backend F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next ee 3 As shown on the previous screen select the local option and press Enter The following menu will be displayed fo Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Bul Canon Dataproducts Hewlett Packard IBM OKI Printronix QMS Texas Instruments Other Select this if your printer type is not listed above Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Pres cant 4 From this menu select the option that matches your printer brand If your printer brand is not listed select Other In this example we have selected IBM because we are installing an IBM 4019 printer After pressing Enter the following screen will be displayed 18 Printing Under AIX V4 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II ibm2391 2 IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 i bm3812 2 IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer ibm3816 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibm4019 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter MORE 43 F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find
199. include some tips that might be very helpful for you Note All the these tips are tested under AIX V 3 2 5 H 1 How does ASCII One Use a Single Queue for Both PostScript and This can be done with a PCL queue by making a few simple changes to the virtual printer definition With this method the type of file is automatically sensed by the virtual printer and the commands are sent to the printer putting it in the appropriate mode If the file begins with a then the datastream is changed to s which is postscript mode and the appropriate filters are called to put the printer in postscript mode If the is not detected at the start of the file the file is considered ASCII and the datastream mode is set to a and the appropriate filtering is done The attributes to change are as follows This can be easily done by typing lsvirprt from the command line selecting the appropriate PCL virtual printer and issuing the following commands from the prompt mi a s This gives ASCII and PostScript mp This says anything but start will yield ASCII PS _d lmi_ This gets the print data stream from the mi attribute This automatically switches the _d attribute to the appropriate type of printer Another way to approach this is to convert all the data to postscript This is easily done with the enscript command but all people do not have this command To print ASCII data to a postscript queue simply issue o qprt da Pps_queue filenam
200. ing so follow these steps 1 Enter the following command smit virprt 2 From the following screen select number 1 150 Printing Under AIX v4 0 Description Printer or Plotter Attached to Host Printer or Plotter Attached to Xstation Printer or Plotter Attached to ASCII Terminal Network Printer Hewlett Packard JetDirect PBWNHHZ Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 1 3 Enter the device name Name Description 1p0 IBM 4029 LaserPrinter Enter device name or to exit lp0 gt 1p0 4 Select the options for this virtual printer In this case we are only defining the ASCII queue IBM 4029 LaserPrinter Header pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n Trailer pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n Each of the data streams will now be configured individually PostScript Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt ps HP LaserJet II Emulation Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt pcl Plotter Emulation Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt gl a e ANE IBM ASCII Enter print queue name or to bypass configuration gt asc asc7318 Should this queue be the default queue gt y n
201. int Services Facility 6000 171 You can also use SMIT panels to submit PSF 6000 print jobs This section describes the tasks you have to perform to e Print from SMIT panels e Print from the command line e Print PostScript files e Print AFP Data Stream Files 7 7 1 Printing from SMIT Panels When you are going to print with SMIT you must use a full path name for the file you want to print In order to print using this interface follow these steps 1 At the command line prompt enter smit spooler 2 Select Start a PSF 6000 Print Job from the following panel gt Spooler Print Jobs Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Start a Print Job Start a PSF 6000 Print Job Cancel a Print Job Show the Status of Print Jobs Prioritize a Print Job Schedule Jobs Manage Local Printer Subsystem Manage Remote Printer Subsystem F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do 3 In the following panel select the appropriate type of data There is a specific panel with different options for each type of data Select a PostScript file K PostScript ditroff PCL AFPDS MODCA P S 370 line data EBCDIC format with a page definition ASCII no escape sequences format with a page definition ASCII DBCS ASCII Extended UNIX Code EUC Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Site S 4 Fill the required fields as follows 172
202. int spooling subsystem as a generic spooling system A section on printing hints and tips is also included Chapter 6 Network Printing Options This chapter covers several topics related to the network printing It discusses how to configure and manage printers in the remote printing environment Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 This chapter gives a technical description of PSF 6000 It is intended to show you the most common tasks that you have to perform in order to manage a Print Services Facility 6000 server and its printers This document is aimed at technical computer systems personnel responsible for supporting RISC System 6000 installations that require the use of printers or plotters It assumes an existing level of general systems skills These include A basic familiarity with the RISC System 6000 and AIX V4 1 and the documentation associated with these offerings In particular SMIT is referenced extensively and it is presumed that the user of this document has a basic understanding of SMIT and the ability to perform simple navigation tasks in SMIT Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 xvii e The ability to perform some general technical tasks such as configuring a printer s communications interface Such as the serial port using vendor supplied manuals connecting a printer to a RISC System 6000 using appropriate cabling running applications that exercise the printer subsystem or logging into the AIX V4 1 e
203. inter 75 4 5 3 Remove a Virtual Printer 2 000000 77 Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 79 5 1 Printing via an ASCII Terminal Attached Printer 79 5 1 1 Configuring an ASCII Terminal Attached Printer 79 5 1 2 Testing your Printer 2 2 2 2 000022 ees 83 5 2 Configuring Nonsupported Printers 2 86 5 2 2 Pass Through Mode Printing 200045 87 5 2 3 Configuring Nonsupported Printers An Example 87 5 2 4 Customizing Nonsupported Virtual Printers 88 5 2 5 Adding a Printer that Emulates a Proprinter Mannesman Tally 87 91 5 3 Printing via an IBM Xstation 0 2 2 00 00022008 92 5 3 1 Configuring an IBM Xstation Connected Printer 92 5 4 PostScript Printing Some Differences 98 5 4 1 PostScript and AIX V4 4 2 022002 20 0 0200200200005 98 5 5 Using the Print Spooling Subsystem as a Generic Spooling Subsystem 99 5 6 Customizing Header and Trailer Pages 102 5 7 Printer and Plotter Tips and Hints 104 5 7 1 Printer Specific Information 104 5 7 2 Suppliers of Cables 2 2 200 200 054 105 5 7 3 Printer Troubleshooting 0 00000 eee 105 5 7 4 Using Messages to a Printer Operator 106 5 7 5 Messages from the Print Spooling Subsystem
204. inter e Line speed baud rate in bps e Word Length bits per char e Parity odd even no space mark e Stop Bits 1 2 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 79 80 Printing Under AIX V4 5 1 1 2 Configuring the Auxiliary Port in your Terminal On the IBM 3151 terminal perform the following steps e Turn on your IBM 3151 terminal e Simultaneously press the Ctrl and the Setup keys The SETUP MENU is displayed e Using the Send key select the KEYBOARD PRINTER option Fill in the PRINTER options with the printer settings you have noted e Using the Send key select the FUNCTION option Select the Save option and press Space key to save your configuration 5 1 1 3 Adding the Printer to your System Now that you have physically attached the printer to your working terminal and configured its auxiliary port with the printer settings perform the next steps to add your printer to the print spooling subsystem The procedure is similar to the 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue on page 18 1 Log on as root or a member of the printq admin group 2 Enter smit mkpq The following screen will be displayed gt Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer
205. ion files commands programs and processes Table 8 on page 198 summarizes key files and programs that make up the AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem Table 9 on page 198 summarizes various printing related commands available under AIX V4 1 AIX V4 1 supports AT amp T System V and BSD print command behaviors as well as unique AIX V4 1 printing facilities This document is focused primarily on the the AIX V4 1 printing facilities as they provide the greatest function and facility in the AIX V4 1 environment As there are no differences between AIX V4 1 and AIX V3 1 print command sets except for the inclusion of the qhld and qmov commands the compatibility between AIX V4 1 AIX V2 BSD and AT amp T print command sets will be discussed in A 2 Compatibility of the AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem on page 200 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 197 198 Table 8 Key AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration Files and Programs File Contents dev lp etc hosts equiv Printer device driver file Contains information on the printers communications interface and some minimal printer control capability Contains the names of remote hosts allowed to execute commands and print on this host etc hosts lpd Specifies foreign hosts that can print on the local host etc inittab The system startup configuration file This file can be used to contain printer configuration entries etc locks lpd Con
206. ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f7d ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632218 th_ack e7a4fe04 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum 313b th_urp 0 00000000 41414141 41410a AAAAAA aeekkKkKeKKKKEK Server ACKnowledges receipt of data packet x x xxxxx Printing Under AIX V4 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 40 ip_id 32225 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecbl ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe04 th_ack 5063221f th_off 5 flags lt ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum ff06 th_urp 0 KkKKKKKK Client acknowl edges end of data K KAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKEKKKEKE packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix
207. ips and Hints 5 1 Printing via an ASCII Terminal Attached Printer It is possible to connect a printer to the auxiliary port of an ASCII terminal such as an IBM 3151 You may then want to print to that printer in the same manner as you print to any other shared printer and still work on the terminal at the same time as something is being printed In AIX V3 1 there was no formal support for printing to an ASCII terminal attached printer In AIX V4 1 this has been made as easy as adding a printer attached to the host 5 1 1 Configuring an ASCII Terminal Attached Printer Most of the asynchronous ASCII terminals used in UNIX systems have an auxiliary port which can be used to connect a printer In this section we will show how to set up an IBM 2380 2 printer attached to an IBM 3151 model 310 ASCII terminal If you are using a terminal other than the IBM 3151 which will support a printer attached to it you will have to find out how to set up your terminal and its auxiliary port We are also assuming that this terminal is attached to your system and it is working 5 1 1 1 Hardware Setup Before adding the printer to your AIX V4 1 system perform the following steps 1 Connect you serial printer to the auxiliary port of your terminal using a RS232 cable For the IBM 3151 terminal just a pin thru cable is required See cable D in Appendix D RISC System 6000 Printer Cabling on page 213 2 Make note of the following settings for your pr
208. is procedure follow these steps 1 Enter the following command smit ts7318_mnu 2 Select ComNetServer Server Configuration 3 Select Add a printer to a ComNetServer 4 Fill the required fields as follows Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 149 n gt Add a Printer to a ComNetServer Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Printer ComNetServer Number 02 Printer Type 4029 Printer Description IBM 4029 LaserPrinter Printer Interface parallel Printer Port Number p1 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do oa sae 5 Press Enter 6 The result of this procedure is the following gt COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr yes Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Defining Device define c printer p cns 2 s rs232 t 4029 w pl Defined Device 1p0 Re Initializing cnsview daemon Netware is already running Daemon init complete Configuring 1p0 1p0 Available NW 00 02 p1 IBM 4029 LaserPrinter Command Add completed successfully Configuration Database updated F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shel1 F10 Exit Pir _ Note The created device is dev IpO and the location code indicates that it is attached via network on CNSO2 on parallel port 1 NW 00 02 p1 Now we heve to add the device to a queue For do
209. ition it provides the system with TTY devices that act like a Standard I O Serial Port on the RISC System 6000 sa0 and sa1 These ports are statically created and can be opened by any AIX process Instead of using the TELNET or RLOGIN protocols a higher performance protocol is used over the SPX IPX transport protocol which talks to a host resident device driver to provide the system TTY devices The model S20 provides all the functions of the P10 for async and parallel port attachment to the RISC System 6000 It also allows you to connect to other IBM systems and non IBM systems using standard Ethernet wiring TCP IP protocols and 3270 terminal emulation In addition the model S20 also provides network management with SNMP kerberos security functions and other serial protocols like SLIP CSLIP and PPP for interoperability with other systems This section describes the steps you have to follow to Printing Under AIX V4 e Configure the 7318 Model P10 e Configure a parallel printer Note We are configuring the parallel printer with model P10 However model S20 has the same features which means that the configuration would be the same At this moment the LPP for the 7318 is already installed 6 5 1 Configuring the 7318 Model P10 The configuration we are using is shown in Figure 41 The 7318 model P10 is an Ethernet attached device and so our system has a High Performance Ethernet Adapter and Ethernet interface RISC System 6000 H
210. ity 6000 Print Services Facility 6000 is an intelligent printer driver that allows you to have Advanced Function Presentation capabilities on a AIX stand alone or distributed environment using TCP IP and the Network File System NFS This means that you can use electronic forms images graphics and typographical fonts in the documents you want to print from any platform running OS 2 DOS Windows Version 3 1 OS 400 UNIX AIX MVS VM or VSE PSF 6000 accepts different types of input data stream files e HP PCL Printer Control Language e PostScript Level 2 e Device independent troff ditroff e Advanced Function Presentation Data Stream AFPDS e 5 370 line data e Unformatted ASCII with no escape sequences e ASCII supported by the IBM Proprinter Il and the IBM Quietwriter III e Files created using extended UNIX code EUC and double byte character set DBCS ASCII for Japanese Korean and traditional Chinese languages When you submit a print job to PSF 6000 you need to specify the type of data stream Only AFP data stream is recognized automatically PSF 6000 will transform the input data stream to the appropriate output data stream required for the printer The output data streams supported by PSF 6000 are the following e Intelligent Print Data Stream IPDS used by Pennant printers e Personal Printer Data Stream PPDS used by IBM s LaserPrinters e Printer Control Language data streams PCL4 PCL5 PCL5C from Hew
211. k tc template host points to similar host entry hn name switch bs boot image size T170 xstation only server port number T175 xstation only primary secondary boot host indicator T176 xstation only enable tablet T177 xstation only xstation 130 hard file usage T178 xstation only enable XDMCP T179 xstation only XDMCP host T180 xstation only enable virtual screen P4028 ht 6 ha 2334FFFF4E12 ip 9 3 1 31 sm 255 255 255 0 wq Ni 3 Check in the etc services file to see if there are entries for bootps and bootpc The following screen shows the etc services file vi etc services domain 53 tcp nameserver name domain server domain 53 udp nameserver mtp 57 tcp deprecated bootps 67 udp bootp server port bootpc 68 udp bootp client port tftp 69 udp rje 77 tcp netrjs finger 79 tcp link 87 tcp ttylink supdup 95 tcp hostnames 101 tcp hostname usually from sri nic iso_tsap 102 tcp x400 103 tcp x400 snd 104 tcp csnet ns 105 tcp pop 109 tcp postoffice sunrpc 111 tcp L Note If these entries are not in the file you must add them by editing the file using vi 4 Start the bootp daemon using the inetd super daemon 5 Edit the etc inetd conf file and uncomment the bootps entry Printing Under AIX V4 chargen stream chargen dgram ftp stream telnet stream time stream time dgram bootps dgram tftp dgram
212. l connected 79 cables 105 configuring nonsupported 86 connection to system 17 definition 6 example of installation 17 hints and tips 104 installation 17 move to another port 71 problem checklist 105 redirecting messages 107 removing 71 RS 232 cables 213 sending jobs to 31 supported 203 verifying correct output 25 printer device installation of 18 SMIT configuration screen 24 26 printer device driver and nonsupported printers 87 configuring 5 18 control of data stream 5 description of 5 displaying settings 68 example of configuration 18 figure of 5 overview 4 permanently changing attributes 71 printing via 5 removing 71 SMIT configuration screen 24 26 temporarily changing attributes 70 transparent mode 6 PRINTER environment variable 45 printer queue device adding 61 displaying configuration information 65 modifying 66 removing 67 stanza in qconfig file 48 status of 36 printing an X Window 108 associated files and programs 198 command summary 198 job processing overview 8 on remote hosts 125 PostScript 98 technical overview 4 via an Xstation 92 via device driver 4 via print spooling subsystem 4 printq administrative group 50 Printronix P9012 Line Printer 105 problem checklist 105 PSF 6000 bringing a PSF 6000 queue up down 178 configuring aix defined printer 159 S 370 channel emulator a adapter attached printer 162 TCP IP attached printer 170 connectivity 182 AIX 4 1 client 183 AS 400 client 192 MVS client 19
213. layed Install Additional Printer Plotter Software Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields INPUT device directory for software dev rmt0 1 SOFTWARE to install 0 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do ee 10 Press F4 to see a list of printer device drivers you can install A screen like the following will be displayed F1 F5 F9 Install Additional Printer Plotter Software SOFTWARE to install Move cursor to desired item and press F7 Use arrow keys to scroll ONE OR MORE items can be selected Press Enter AFTER making all selections TOP 1 EN E ANEA NE A E E NEE E NE NEA No license password required License found No license found The all_licensed filter will include filesets with and NGM P seostcesascn AE A seed E N A E 4 1 1 0 printers ALL 4 1 1 0 BULL Common Generic epson predef file MORE 171 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F7 Select F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Chapter 2 Installing a Printer 21 11 Select all the printer device drivers you intend to install using F7 and the arrow keys and press Enter In our example we have chosen to install only the 4 1 1 0 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter option The following screen will be displayed Install Additional Printer Plotter Software Type
214. lds 9 Press Enter for an ASCII terminal or Do for AlXwindows interface 10 Press F3 to exit SMIT After the installation of the physical printer it is very important to test the printer device For doing so you have to print a job directly to the device which in this case is Ip0 Enter the following command o cat etc motd gt dev 1p0 l If the message of the day did not print check if the printer is powered on and if the power cable is correctly attached 7 3 2 Configuring a Virtual Printer Print Queue and Queue Device In order to define a Virtual Printer Print Queue and Queue Device you must have printq or root user authority Follow these steps 158 1 In the AlX Command line enter Printing Under AIX V4 smit printer Select from the Printer Plotter SMIT panel Manage Local Printer Subsystem Select from Manage Local Printer Subsystem SMIT panel Add a Virtual Printer From this window select option number 1 to specify that you want a printer attached directly to the host then press Enter In the next screen you have to put the device name for the virtual printer you want to define in this case we are using p0 then press Enter Now you have to specify if you want a header and or a trailer page Since PSF 6000 provides header and trailer pages you have to select your options as follows Header pages wanted n none a each file g each job gt n Trailer pag
215. le pattern is quite useful for testing terminals driving terminal ports for debug purposes or any other task where a quick supply of random data is needed Using the Iptest command you can specify the output line length if the default length of 79 is not appropriate You can also specify the number of output lines to be generated if the default count of 200 is not appropriate Note that if count is specified length must also be specified 2 1 3 1 Examples Using the Iptest Command 1 To display five lines of 80 column test output on the printer enter Iptest 80 5 qprt P 4019ascii Chapter 2 Installing a Printer 25 26 When entered the printer will print the information that is displayed in the following example on the 4019 printer through its ASCII queue 2 To print five lines of 80 column test output to STDOUT enter Iptest 80 5 1 amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ _ abcdefghijklmnop 8 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 7 gt _ abcdefghijkImnopqr amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ _ abcdefghijkimnopqrs amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 7 _ abcdefghijklmnopqrst amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 7_ abcdefghi jkImnopqrstu Figure 7 Ripple Test Pattern to STDOUT Partial Display Using Iptest 2 1 3 2 Serial Printer Example
216. lett Packard used by IBM LaserPrinters Hewlett Packard Laser and LaserJet printers and some other compatible printers PSF 6000 performs centralized resource management for the printers it supports This means that you don t have to worry about each printer having each resource PSF 6000 distributes needed resources automatically A resource is font overlay eletronic form page segment image like a signature or logo page definition and form definition This includes the deletion of resources at the printers when a print job is finished In addition you have error recovery for IPDS printers This means that you don t have to be worried if you have a paper jam or if you have to add Chapter 1 Introduction 11 1 2 1 12 toner to the printer during the printing of a document because the system is able to start from the page that it was printing before the problem How PSF 6000 Functions PSF 6000 uses the existing AIX printing process described in previous sections of this document However PSF 6000 adds a few programs which allows us to print high quality documents on all the printers installed on a PSF 6000 server These printers could be local attached desktop printers LAN attached desktop printers LAN attached mid range printers or channel attached mainframe printers Since PSF 6000 uses the capabilities of the AIX environment we can e Display status of prints jobs that are waiting to be printed e Cancel jobs in the print q
217. lib 1pd piobe cat gt tmp rem tmp sleep 5 usr pd rembak S e3print P ascO N usr lib 1pd aixshort tmp rem tmp Explanation The S option is the printer hostname or tcp ip address The P option is a queue name on that printer The N option is the status return filter if ne 0 then exit 64 fi sleep 5 rm tmp rem tmp End of the shell script index Numerics 16 port adapter 106 4033 LAN connection configuring a parallel printer 133 configuring a serial printer 135 connectivity 132 description 131 installing a printer 132 installing the software 132 supported models 132 A administrative privilege 50 AFP what is 153 AIX V2 compatability summary 201 AIX V4 1 and PostScript 98 ASCII terminal connected printer configuring 79 testing your printer 83 batch queue 49 Bibliography xix bootp 165 configuring 167 BSD compatability summary 201 BSD compatibility 31 burst pages 102 C cable specifications 105 cables 16 port async adapter 214 8 port async adapter 213 adapter to concentrator cable pinouts 217 interposer pinouts 217 native serial ports S1 and S2 213 RJ45 to DB25 converter cable pinouts 218 RS 232D asynchronous cable pinouts 216 RS 422A asynchronous cable pinouts 216 summary 213 cancel 43 chque 56 chquedev 66 Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 chvirprt 8 73 coaxial 165 command summary 198 compatibility AIX V2 summary 201 BSD 31 BSD summary 20
218. lients on varying platforms can access the AIX spooler and print their files on AIX printers as well as PSF 6000 printers using the Line Printer Daemon LPD In order to send print files to any remote printer using the AIX spool you have to use the Ipr command that is available in many TCP IP implementations The IBM platforms that currently support the 1pr command are MVS VM AIX ESA AIX 6000 OS 400 OS 2 and DOS The support of this command has to be checked in the documentation of other products Another way to route printing to the AIX spool and PSF 6000 would be to use file transfer protocol FTP to transfer the file to RISC 6000 print server and then using the enq command for printing the file One benefit of printing this way is that you can use the o flag to pass additional printing parameters This is not supported by the lpr command However other UNIX platforms are now able to pass parameters to PSF 6000 such as the use of a form definition so they can print their flat ASCII variable information with an electronic form overlay referenced in the form definition PSF 6000 includes some sample lpr code for SUN OS Solaris HP UX and DEC Ultrix that allows the o flag Another very important IBM TCP IP feature is the Network Print Facility NPF input record exit for MVS TCP IP Version 3 release 1 program numb er 5655 HAL which allows MVS Job Entry Subsystem JES spool files and VTAM application data to be routed automa
219. line data is formatted and printed on the physical page PSF 6000 is able to search for the resources needed for the print file at print time The resource can be located elsewhere on the system and can be referenced in the job instead of being provided as part of the print file These resources can reside in any AIX directory or mounted directories such as MVS data sets and VM minidisks If mounted in order to have access you can use Network File System NFS When you submit a job the resource information and print job are sent together to the printer The way in which PSF 6000 handles the resources allows the system administrator to have more control over confidential resources such as check signing signatures In addition when the job has finished PSF 6000 deletes the resources from the printer unless you tell it to do otherwise When you tell PSF 6000 not to delete the resources you can send another job that needs the same resources without spending processing and transmission time The default resource library for PSF 6000 is located in the usr lpp psf reslib subdirectory You can add or modify resources to the directory without interrupting the PSF 6000 processing All you have to do is to let your users know where the additional resources are stored There is a separately orderable feature called IBM Page Printer Formatting Aid 6000 PPFA 6000 which is used to create your own form definitions and page Chapter 7 Print Service
220. ll in the ComNetServer Ethernet Address field 12 hexadecimal digits Note The 7318 ethernet address is on a label on the back of the 7318 unit The first 6 digits for this field are already supplied by smit 6 The SMIT panel has to have values as the ones shown as follows Printing Under AIX V4 Add a ComNetServer Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields New ComNetServer Number 01 Autogenerated TTY Devices TTYs Only Interface Type RS 232 ComNetServer Network Address 00000002 ComNetServer Ethernet Address 00406e0002e8 ComNetServer Bootfile usr lib cns cns1600 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do am 7 Press Enter This will configure the 7318 on this system and also configure one RS 232 device session on each port of the 16 serial ports If necessary SPX IPX will be started and the CNSVIEW daemon will be started or re initialized with the new information The CNSVIEW daemon monitors the network for the 7318 boot requests CNSVIEW also provides a command line interface to performs administration functions for the 7318 The 7318 will be able to boot from the system when it is powered up Allow two minutes for this to complete 6 5 2 Configuring a Parallel Printer We are configuring a parallel printer IBM 4029 LaserPrinter to a parallel port of the 7318 model P10 To complete th
221. llet Packard Printer Control Language HP PCL e IBM HP Graphics Library GL e Adobe PostScript Level 1 6 2 1 1 Connectivity and Supported Models for AIX V 3 2 5 IBM 4033 Models 1 2 and 3 are supported by AIX V 3 2 5 In addition IBM 4033 models 11 12 and 13 are supported by NetWare for AIX 6000 from IBM V 3 11 e IBM 4033 Models 1 and 11 support Token Ring IEEE 802 5 at 4 or 16 Mbps e IBM 4033 Models 2 and 12 support Ethernet 10baseT IEEE 802 3 at 10 Mbps e IBM 4033 Models 3 and 13 support Ethernet 10base2 and 10base5 IEEE 802 3 at 10 Mbps These models also support Ethernet Type II AIX 6 2 2 Installing a 4033 Attached Printer The IBM 4033 works in different kinds of environments You can have users from different paltforms printing on a 4033 attached printer since the IBM 4033 has two ports one for the parallel attachment and one for the serial attachment The following example was developed with the following hardware and software e RISC System 6000 attached to a 16 Mbps token ring network e AIX 6000 Operating System Version 3 2 5 e IBM 4039 LaserPrinter attached to the parallel port on the 4033 e IBM 4039 LaserPrinter attached to the serial port on the 4033 6 2 3 Installing the 4033 AIX Utility To install the IBM 4033 Utility follow these steps 1 Log in as the root user 2 Insert AIX Utility Diskette disk into the diskette drive 3 Restore the diskette using the following command restore xv 132 P
222. lock file or duplicate daemon you may need to remove the ID for the Ipd daemon when the system starts again 6 1 2 Controlling the Ipd Daemon The Ipd daemon can be controlled either via SMIT or by the System Resource Controller SRC 6 1 2 1 Controlling the Ipd daemon via SMIT The smit 1pd command invokes the following screen Manage Print Server Move cursor to desired item and press Enter List all Remote Clients with Print Access Add Print Access for a Remote Client Remove Print Access for a Remote Client Start the Print Server Subsystem lpd daemon Stop the Print Server Subsystem Show Status of the Print Server Subsystem F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do From this panel you can perform the following tasks e List all remote clients with print access e Add print access for a remote client e Remove print access for a remote client e Start the print server subsystem lpd daemon e Stop the print server subsystem e Show the status of the print server subsystem 6 1 2 2 Adding Print Access for a Remote Client To add print access for a remote client follow these steps 1 Enter smit Ipd 2 Select Add Print Access for a Remote Client 3 Fill the required fields as follows 116 Printing Under AIX v4 Add Print Access for a Remote Client Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Name of REMOTE CLIE
223. low e piopredef d 1p5 q 1p5 s asc t MT 87 l This then creates a file in the usr lib lpd pio predef like the following sr This printer definition file can then be used later This file can also be moved to other machines to allow printers to be defined on them 5 3 Printing via an IBM Xstation Printers can be attached to either the serial or parallel ports of an IBM Xstation In order to print to an IBM Xstation the Xstation Manager software must first be installed The IBM Xstation Manager V1 2 software contains the catlpx program which acts as the backend program in the print spooling subsystem that drives the IBM Xstation connected printer The catlpx program connects the printer to the network port sends the processed print file to the IBM Xstation and closes the connection when the print job has finished 5 3 1 Configuring an IBM Xstation Connected Printer 92 The example below outlines how a printer connected to an IBM Xstation can be configured in the IBM Xstation Manager V1 2 setting This assumes that IBM Xstation Manager V1 2 has been installed and the IBM Xstation that will have a connected printer is known appropriately to the system To configure an IBM Xstation connected printer 1 Enter smit mkpq The following screen will be displayed Printing Under AIX V4 Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION lo
224. lsallqdev q4019ascii 1p0 rmquedev q 4019ascii d 1p0 lsallqdev q4019ascii In this example all devices for the 4019ascii queue were listed Device Ip0 was removed and then verified The q flag specifies the name of the queue stanza 4019ascii which device stanza is to be modified in the qconfig file The d flag specifies the name of the device stanza to be deleted in the qconfig file Ip0 Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 67 4 4 Configuring and Managing Printer Devices In section 1 1 2 Printing via the Printer Device Driver on page 5 the printer device and its role in the print spooling subsystem was discussed In AIX V4 1 the printer device drive is automatically installed when you add a print queue This section focuses on how the printer device may be further configured AIX V4 1 provides facilities to perform the following tasks related to printer devices e Displaying the settings of the printer device e Temporarily changing the settings of the printer device e Permanently changing the settings of the printer device e Moving the printer device to different communications port e Removing a printer device 4 4 1 Displaying Printer Device Settings 4 4 1 1 Displaying Printer Device Settings with the smit chgprt Command The smit chgprt command can be used to display or change printer device settings via a SMIT dialogue To display the status of a printer 1 Enter smit c
225. mputing environment e Centralized computing all processes were developed and controlled in a mainframe system e Native or homogeneous operating systems and software e Single vendor hardware e Printers were connected directly to the mainframe system or via terminal or communications controllers e All the printing operations were controlled in one place in a room with special characteristics Client server computing or distributed computing e Decentralized computing through use of client and server workstations e Operating systems and software are heterogeneous and from different vendors e Hardware is provided by different vendors e Printers with different speeds and capabilities are shared through the network users can print either from a Local Area Network or from the host system e Multiple data streams supported e Possibility of printing any kind of document from any kind of platform to any kind of printer from any point of a network In a client server model the server is a machines and processes that provides services to other machines or process The client is a machine or process that makes use of the provided services while it is running its own process Palladium constitutes a typical client server based application because it consists of a client side that requests a service and a server side that receives and executes the request returning results to the client As an example of this a client located in one city reques
226. n 15972 th_sum 36a4 th_urp 0 00000000 03372064 66413536 36746573 63680a 7 dfA566tesch Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic 233 234 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet aeexkeeKRKEKK Return Code 0 says I got number of bytes and name 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 32224 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecbl ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe03 th_ack 50632218 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum ff05 th_urp 0 00000000 00 l xxxxxxxxx Actual data file can be in one or more packets xxxxxxKKKK packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 47 ip_id 11023 ip_off 0
227. n Find Next hee ait 5 If your printer model is not listed select Other which is in the bottom of the list To get there use the down arrow key If you select a printer model that has its device driver installed available on your system skip to step 14 Otherwise the following screen will be displayed Printer Support Not Installed Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Software to support the printer you selected is not installed Press Enter to install printer support software packages F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do a 6 You might be thinking why do you have to install your printer device driver shouldn t it already be installed in your system Well according to AIX V4 1 philosophy in order to reduce the operating system size you have to choose what will be installed When you first install AIX V4 1 it does not come with all device drivers AIX V4 1 supports If you are going to install different printers check if these printers device drivers are already installed and if they are not installed install them Otherwise you will probably have to install a new device driver every time you install a new printer To see if the your printer device driver is installed e Type smit printer at the prompt line e Select Printer Plotter Devices Chapte
228. n both the local and remote systems e The u flag indicates the user who owns the job The Ipstat enq A or qchk commands show only the first 10 characters of the user system string The user ID and host ID are root gandalf 6 2 IBM 4033 LAN Connection Local Area Network printing has changed in the last few years Now instead of having the shared printers attached directly to a file server a dedicated PC print server or a worstation you can attach the printers anywhere in the network by using the IBM 4033 LAN Connection In addition this devices allows you to attach simultaneously one parallel and one serial printer This section includes the following topics e IBM 4033 Description e Installing a 4033 Attached Printer e Running the 4033 AIX Utility 6 2 1 IBM 4033 Description Before the explanation of the 4033 printer attachment we must to make clear that the 4033 is not supported by AIX version 4 1 However we think is important to cover this topic due to the importance of this type of adapter AIX version 3 2 5 fully supports the IBM 4033 LAN Connection The IBM LAN Connection for Printers and Plotters is a product which allows you to attach parallel or EIA 232 C serial printers or plotters directly to the network The 4033 consists of an network printer adapter and a software utility which resides on a LAN print server Both the serial and the parallel ports can be used simultaneously to support two printers or plotters Th
229. nate gt 1 Kazi aaa N No What is the the address of the printer adapter 1 10005ABF358A Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 1 Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 133 5 Enter the type of attachment that you are using In this case enter 1 No Is the printer attached serial or parallel 1 Parallel 2 Serial Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 1 6 In the following screen select Enhanced mode to provide faster throughtput No What is the parallel configuration 1 Enhanced recommended 2 Fastbytes 3 Standard Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 1 7 Enter the time out value for printer inactivity The printer inactivity time is the period of time in which the network printer adapter waits for a busy printer before reporting the condition back to the user For PostScript mode it is recommended to use a longer time out value Enter the printer time out value in seconds 60 gt 60 Press Enter to configure the printer adapter wait for responses gt 8 Press Enter 9 The following messages are shown Enter the device name Port was released Port was associated Network printer adapter parameters set Press Enter to continue 7C to terminate gt Device name 1 20 characters gt q4033 10 Select a printer from the list of AlX supported printers
230. nd The qprt command has a large variety of parameters that can be used For this reason it is suggested that the use of the SMIT version of the command may be advantageous for many users To use SMIT enter smit qprt l When entered the following input screen is displayed Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 31 2 Start a Print Job Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name 0 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do Figure 12 The smit gort Menu To print the desired file fill in with the print queue name where you want to print your file or press F4 to see a list of available queues Press Enter after selecting the queue If no printer is specified the default is used In our example the following screen is displayed after pressing F4 Start a Print Job Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name 0 PRINT QUEUE name Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll PRINT QUEUE PRINTER DESCRIPTION 4019ascii ibm4019 ASCII 4019g1 ibm4019 GL Emulation 4019pc1 ibm4019 PCL Emulation 4019ps ibm4019 PostScript Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F1 F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next FQ 32 Printing Under AIX V4 The qprt c
231. nd graphics at any defined point on a printed page IBM PPDS Personal Printer Data Stream PCL4 PCL5 PCL5C Printer Contol Language Level 4 5 and 5C color G 4 Overview of Supported Data Streams for AIX and PSF 6000 In Figure 45 you can see the supported input data streams for AIX and PSF 6000 In the case of AIX every data stream will go to an specifc queue and from there to a specific physical printer For example a PostScript data stream has to be printed to the PostScript queue and it will be printed on a PostScript printer The HP GL can be printed to PCL queue under AIX Under PSF 6000 using the PSF transform now included GL can be driven to all of the output printers including IPDS PPDS PCL4 and PCL5 In the figure you can see the input data streams supported for AIX The arrows that point to PSF 6000 data streams indicate that the AIX data streams are supported as input data streams for PSF 6000 In the case of PSF 6000 the input data stream will go to the PSF 6000 queue The PSF 6000 will make all the required transformations to print the data stream in the supported data stream for the printer PCL4 PCL5 PCLSC PRINTERS PostScript c PRINTER PPDS PRINTER IPDS PRINTER Figure 45 Overview of Supported Data Streams for AIX and PSF 6000 Appendix G Data Streams 247 248 Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix H Printing Tips In this appendix we
232. nfiguration Select Remote Printer Subsystem Select Server Services Select Host Access for printing Select Add a Remote Host In the following screen fill the required entries as follows Add a Remote Host Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Name of Remote HOST norm F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do Press Enter Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 185 7 10 2 Updating the etc hosts File on the AIX 4 1 Client To print from a AIX 4 1 client to a PSF 6000 printer you also have to add the server IP address to the client host table etc hosts if it is not using a nameserver For doing so perform the following tasks 1 From the AIX client enter the following command e smit hosts i Note This is the fastpath command for going directly to the following screen This fastpath can also be used for updating the server files m D Hosts Table etc hosts Move cursor to desired item and press Enter List All Hosts Add a Host Change Show Characteristics of a Host Remove a Host Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do ee 2 Select Add a Host 3 Fill the required entries as follows Add a Host Name Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields INTERNE
233. ng Under AIX V4 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 32223 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecb2 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe02 th_ack 50632209 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum ff15 th_urp 0 00000000 00 aekeekekKRKKKKEER Send number of bytes in file and datafile name x xxxxx packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 26 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 55 ip_id 11022 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f76 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632209 th_ack e7a4fe03 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_wi
234. ng the client server philosophy Today many goals have to be achieved but a lot of new requirements have appeared For instance to support open systems customers want to choose the best technologies that fulfil their needs regardless of vendors This means that hardware and software have to comply with international industry standards In addition the protection of hardware and software investments is one of the most important issues today Systems administrators expect that new applications are able to be supported in a distributed network In doing so applications have to be based on standards that are vendor independent Since networks have grown so much enterprises have in many cases many workstations that need to be managed they also need a very powerful security system Systems administrators want a highly distributed system that can be centrally controlled As part of this approach distributed printing is very important because it is viewed as a tool that moves print output closer to the end users where it is needed and thus improves productivity in the enterprise The answer to these requirements and some other problems are solved with the IBM s implementation of Palladium which is a client server solution for distributed printing It is the systems administrator s responsibility to manage both printers and the print spooling subsystem in a manner that provides the optimal level of printing service to a system s users Also acco
235. nit address are correctly entered in the sense command mer not connected at address 21B 4 Printer is either not configured or not configured correctly rn not defined at address 21B In addition the sense command also issues this message if you entered the command without first bringing down all queue devices for the PSF 6000 print queue and killing any instances of PSF 6000 associated with the queue devices with the psfct command 5 If you want to check that the device driver is correctly loaded onto the S 370 Channel Emulator A adapter enter the following command lIsdev C 1 afp0 i Where afp0 is the device driver The following message means that the device driver has been loaded c Available 00 03 00 IBM S 370 Channel Emulator A Printer Driver 6 Test the printer by entering the following commands psfctl u q3825 l The previous command brings up the PSF 6000 queue The following command sends a print file to the queue o enq P q3825 etc motd l Printing Under AIX V4 7 5 Installing an i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment This section describes the tasks you need to perform in order to install and configure an i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment This attachment is required for PSF 6000 to print on IBM coaxial and twinaxial printers You need one i data 7913 Printer Lan Attachment for each printer you plan to install each i data 7913 Printer Lan At
236. nter types use the other printer selection and configure the attributes needed While changing each of the parameters each entry will be echoed as it is changed When the changes have all been completed press Enter and the new custom printer will be made in the custom directory In order to store a template of these settings for later use or for defining other printers the piopredef command is executed The piopredef command will copy the printer to the predef subdirectory for later use To run this command a line similar to the following should be executed piopredef d Qdevice q Queue a datastream t type of printer Note The mL flag is used to identify the printer when adding the virtual printer When making the printer device always specify other serial or other parallel printer when wanting to access this virtual printer definition Otherwise the mkvirprt command will not prompt the user for a Virtual Printer Type since it was already selected when the printer device was created E 3 Generic Formatter In this section we will discuss about a generic formatter example E 3 1 Compiling and Linking a Print Formatter Use an editor to create an imports file named sample imp The file should contain the following main piogetvals piogetopt piomsgout pioexit piomode piodatasent piopgskip statusfile piocmdout piogetstr Use an editor to create an exports file named sample exp The file should contain the following
237. nvironment e Certain sections imply deeper understanding of AIX V4 1 The section on remote printing implies that the systems administrator is capable of establishing a TCP IP environment The chapter on advanced topics assumes greater skill levels than the document does in general Note This document includes many examples of command output and SMIT screens Later versions of AIX V4 for the RISC System 6000 5765 393 may differ from the versions tested xviii Printing Under AIX V4 Related Publications The following publications are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this document AIX Version 4 1 Commands References SBOF 1851 RISC System 6000 System Overview and Planning GC23 2406 AIX Version 4 1 Files Reference SC23 2512 IBM RISC System 6000 Hypertext Information Base Library 1 1 for AIX LC23 2689 for use with the InfoExplorer information retrieval system AIX Version 4 1 Getting Started SC23 2527 AIX Version 4 1 System User SC23 2545 AIX Distributed Environments NFS NCS RPC DS Migration LAN Maintenance and Everything GG24 3489 TCP IP Tutorial and Technical Overview GG24 3376 AIX Version 4 1 System Management Guide Operating System and Devices SC23 2525 AIX Version 4 1 Topic Index and Glossary SC23 2513 IBM AIX Print Services Facility 6000 Print Administration Version 1 2 S544 3817 IBM AIX Print Services Facility
238. o deal with a virtual printer in AIX V4 1 we will see its concept and how to manage it In section 1 1 3 1 Printers Virtual Printers and Print Queues on page 6 we discussed the virtual printer database The virtual printer database is in effect a series of files that describe the way in which print requests should be processed 72 Printing Under AIX V4 such that the correct data stream is delivered to the printer Figure 31 shows the relationship between the various files that make up the virtual printer database When your system is installed it includes predefined printer attributes in the usr lib lpd pio predef directory When you configure a virtual printer this predefined set of attributes is customized and stored in a file in the var spool lpd pio local custom directory This file containing all the attributes the predefined and the customized is built for each printer queue device pairing that is configured The file in the var spool lpd pio local custom directory which both contains the predefined and customized attributes is then digested by the piodigest command and placed into a file in the var spool lpd pio local ddi directory Each file is named with the following convention PrinterType DataStreamType DeviceName PrintQueueName QueueDevi ceName For example ibm4109 ps 1p0 4019ps 1p0 PrinterType ibm4019 IBM 4019 LaserPrinter DataStreamType ps PostScript data stream DeviceName 1p0 Print de
239. of 6 listing attributes 75 removing 77 technical overview 71 X xpr 108 Xstation connected printer configuring 92 overview 92 xwd 108 Index 261
240. oid piogetvals attrtable NULL void piogetopt argc argv NULL NULL need to verify values entered by user Initialize Work Variables pglen Pglen Vincr tmarg Tmarg Vincr bmarg Bmarg Vincr piopgskip Beginpg 1 Check For Pass through Option if Passthru passthru return NULL Initialize Pointers to Vertical Spacing Variables Shared With Formatter Driver refer to usr include piostruct h sharevars _pl amp pglen sharevars _tmarg amp tmarg sharevars _bmarg amp bmarg sharevars _vpos amp vpos sharevars _vtab_base amp vtab_base sharevars vincr Vincr sharevars vincr_cmd amp Vincr_cmd gt ptr Appendix E Virtual Printer Colon Files and Formatter 227 228 sharevars vdecr Vdecr sharevars _vdecr_cmd amp Vdecr_cmd gt ptr sharevars _ff_cmd amp Ff_cmd gt ptr sharevars _ff_at_eof amp Do_formfeed return amp sharevars initialize Initialize the Printer if Init_printer void piocmdout INIT_ CMD NULL NULL return 0 lineout fileptr Format a Line FILE fileptr int ch charcount 0 for ch 0 ch lt Indent ch pioputchar while ch piogetc fileptr amp amp charcount lt Pgwidth charcount pioputchar ch n amp amp ch EOF vpos Vincr return charcount passthru Pass through Option
241. om a mainframe in EBCDIC format convert it to ASCII during the file transfer Each line of the file is 100 bytes long This file is going to be printed 3 times 3 copies We are also going to use a page definition that specifies two pages of information on a single physical page 2 up For doing so follow these steps 1 Enter the following on the command line enq P qaix odatatype line ofileformat record 100 ocopies 3 opagedef P1W12883 u hostfiles invoice This command runs the 1ine2afp transform command which processes the invoice file using the the values passed by the o flags 2 To print this example using SMIT follow these steps a Enter smit psf at AIX command prompt o Select ASCII no escape sequences format with a page definition Enter u hostfiles in the FILE to print field Enter qaix in the Print Queue field Select 3 in the NUMBER of copies field f Type P1W12883 in the PAGE DEFINITION name field g Select record in the Input file FORMAT field type 100 for the record length h Type no in the Convert print file into EBCDIC field 0 Qa 0 i Press Enter Printing an AFP Data Stream File To print an AFP Data Stream file enter the following command o enq P q7913 demos afp i Printing Under AIX V4 In this case you don t have to specify the type of data you are using because PSF 6000 receives AFP data streams without invoking any of the PSF 6000 transform commands To
242. ommand can also be used from the command line The qprt command is described in more detail in AIX Version 4 1 Commands References SBOF 1851 Select to which queue you will send your print request In our example we have chosen the 4019ascii queue The following screen is displayed g Start a Print Job Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name 4019ascii Print File Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter a ASCII p pass through s PostScript F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F1 F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 This is a new feature in AIX V4 1 It does not matter if your queue is an ASCII PostScript GL PCL or any other type All the available print options will be displayed These options are created at the time the print queue is created In our example we had three options for the 4019 ASCII queue We will print a postscript file so we have selected the Postscript option and pressed Enter The following screen is displayed Chapter 3 Printing Files 33 i Start a Print Job Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes TOP Entry Fields Print queue name 4019ascii Name of FILE to print 0 Text Print Options Job Processing Options Number of COPIES 1 Place job in HELD state w
243. ommand line enter the following command smit devices 2 From the Devices panel select PSF 6000 Printer Definition 3 From the PSF 6000 Printer Definition panel select Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue 4 From the Add a Printer or PSF 6000 Queue panel select AIX Defined Parallel Serial or LAN 5 From the Data Stream Type panel select PCL4 or PCL5 or PCL5C This is depending on the data stream emulation of your printer 6 The Add a PSF 6000 Queue for AlX Defined Printer panel is displayed In this panel you have to fill in the required values as follows Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 159 Add a PSF 6000 Queue for AIX Defined Printer Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Data stream type PCL5 Printer NAME qaix COMMAND to execute for printer output qprt P pcl dp Z Description AIX PSF6000 queue To specify other characteristics after you add a printer select Change Characteristics of a Printer from the PSF 6000 Printer Definition panel Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do t snot Note You can change the COMMAND to execute for print er field so instead of using the pcl queue you can use the 4019pcl queue For doing so change the command as follows COMMAND to execute for printer output qprt P 4019pcl dp Z 7 You can us
244. oportional String Not used ex Set Margins Not supported on the MT87 ef Double High Print Not supported on the MT87 If using Isvirprt or smit lsvirprt then the fields above would be set to null by entering for example mF at the prompt The value is changed and displayed 10 The following fields need to be modified ci The flags cs eX ef and c2 need to be removed from this string which is the initialization string sent to the printer at the start of a job Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 91 cr The flags cs eX ef and c2 need to be removed from this string which is the restore string sent to a printer at job end cm The flags cs eX and ef need to be removed from string which is the string sent to the printer when switching from primary to alternate mode mN This is the printer model number and needs to be set to MT 87 mL This is the printer description and needs to be Mannesman Tally Proprinter mode Manual editing is easier for the ci cr and cm flags since they are long strings and prone to error if retyped In this case editing the specified file and just deleting those fields in the specified strings would be easier If manual editing is done though remember the piodigest queue queuedevice command must be executed The Isvirprt command with no options changed will also run piodigest 11 After the changes have been made and tested then a predefined file may be created This is done by executing the command be
245. or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields INPUT device directory for software dev rmt0 1 SOFTWARE to install 4 1 1 0 IBM 4019 La gt F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do Sie sh 12 Press Enter and you will see the following screen Install Additional Printer Plotter Software Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields INPUT device directory for software dev rmt0 1 SOFTWARE to install 4 1 1 0 IBM 4019 La gt ARE YOU SURE Continuing may delete information you may want to keep This is your last chance to stop before continuing Press Enter to continue Press Cancel to return to the application F1 Help F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F5 Reset F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F9 Shell xe 22 Printing Under AIX V4 13 Press Enter to install the printer device drivers you have selected If you are successful the following screen will be displayed En COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr yes Before command completion additional instructions may appear below TOP PET EA E E EEE EAT A E he E E E E eee ee Pre installation Verification E EE EEE E E E A E E T E T installp Pre installation verification may take several minutes Please wait Verifying selection
246. our printer To tell the terminal to stop working in pass through mode type the following command echo aPaT gt dev tty0 Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 85 The control characters used in the previous command should be read as Ctrl P Ctrl T These characters can be obtained by holding the Ctrl key and typing vpvt Based on the previous example you can understand how the piobe backend sends data to be printed on a terminal attached printer You should be aware that printing on a printer attached to an ASCII terminal is not as fast as printing to a printer attached directly to the host All data that is sent to the terminal and to the printer attached to this terminal uses the same connection to the host Loss of performance is expected 5 2 Configuring Nonsupported Printers 86 While IBM supports a wide range of printers via AIX V4 1 due to changes in technology or the need to protect investment in older printers you may wish to use a printer that is not formally supported by AIX V4 1 By not formally supported we mean that device drivers and virtual printers are not supplied with AIX V4 1 and that IBM s defect support process may not fully support the resolution of problems associated with these printers For the purposes of this document we will call these printers nonsupported printers There is a choice of approaches to incorporate nonsupported printers into the AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem This section discu
247. ous example are explained as follows e The A flag specifies all queues e The L flag specifies long form mode e The w delay flag specifies that print status will be displayed until all print jobs are done The status will be displayed by updating the screen every five seconds delay seconds 3 To display the status for queue 4019ps enter qchk P 4019ps Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019ps_ 1pQ0 READY In the previous command the P queue flag specifies the queue 4019ps 4 To display the status for job number 28 enter qchk 28 Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1p0 DEV_WAIT 28 install ps root bob4 508 1 1 In the previous command the flag specifies the job number 28 3 1 3 Holding and Releasing Jobs Sometimes it is necessary to hold a print job rather than canceling it or keep changing its priority The qhld command holds and releases a spooled print job that is not being printed The qhld command works on local queues only Remote queues are not supported You must have root authority be a member of the printq group or be the print job owner to use this command You can hold release a spooled job through SMIT or the command line To use SMIT type smit qhld at the command line Let s have an example using the qhld command Let s first display how jobs are queued qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pO
248. outlined in Appendix B Supported AIX V4 1 Printers on page 203 For example some PostScript printers supported are e ibm4019 ps e ibm4029 ps e ibm4039 ps e ibm4079 ps e hplj 3 ps e hplj 3i ps e hplj 4 ps e generic ps At this point the decision of which printer is to be used for the customization is made by either knowing which printer is most like your nonsupported printer or by comparing the customization parameters Generally the key things to look at are how the printer s various emulations are handled and how many of the features are to be implemented and used If a generic printer is used then all the basic features are already available in the existing virtual printer and the others must be added 5 2 4 1 Configuring a New Virtual Printer The process below can be used to create a new virtual printer 1 Configure a virtual printer most similar to the one that you will be building Let s say for this example that you select the Dataproduct LZR 2665 Laser Printer in Diablo 630 mode which has the dp2665 630 file as its predefined virtual printer Create a virtual printer called 630 lp3 using the smit mkpq command and choosing 630 as the print queue name 2 Print out the virtual printer definition using the following command Isvirprt q 630 d 1p3 qprt Let s hope you already have a printer to do this 3 Review the virtual printer attribute file against the printer documentation you have and determine what attribu
249. pertray end commands used to initialize the printer These commands are sent to the printer before the PostScript file They appear in the first line of the formatted file An example of a very basic or generic formatter is given in Appendix E 3 Generic Formatter on page 225 The formatter is written in C so a knowledge of the language and familiarity with the colon files is necessary The formatter to be used is specified with the mf attribute in the colon file To understand some of the syntax and the procedures used it is recommended that the user browse the usr include piostruct h file Note In AIX V4 1 you should install the Base Application Development Include Files bos adt lib in order to have the usr include piostruct h file E 2 Virtual Printer Colon File Syntax As we have discussed virtual printers are also represented by a set of files that collectively make up the virtual printer database We have discussed editing these files many times previously This section reviews the format of these files called virtual printer colon files to assist in editing them more effectively The relationships between the various virtual printer colon files are outlined in Figure 31 on page 72 The syntax of the strings in the colon file is similar to the syntax used in the terminfo files except with enhancements to support printers The calculations in the Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 221 strings may use the stack or the in
250. ple usr pd aixlong The filter used to translate remote queue status information into a long form for presentation via commands such as qchk Example usr 1pd aixlong It is the default value used when the remote print server is another AIX system Example usr 1pd bsdlong For translating BSD 1pq command output when using a BSD print server Example usr pd attlong For translating AT amp T 1pstat command output when using an AT amp T print server Example usr 1pd aixv2long For translating AIX 2 2 1 print q command output when using an RT running AIX 2 2 1 as a print server The following screen shows an example of host and rq entries Printing Under AIX V4 rasc device gandal f up TRUE host gandalf itsc austin ibm com s_statfilter usr lib Ipd aixshort 1_statfilter usr lib 1pd aixlong rq rasc gandalf backemd usr 1ib 1pd rembak 6 1 1 3 The Remote Print Server The Ipd Daemon The Ipd daemon is a TCP IP based remote print server facility It monitors port 515 for print requests Each request is placed upon the specified queue or the default queue The file to be printed is placed in the usr spool lpd directory Any TCP system can place a request on any host for printing services Therefore as a security feature the lod daemon accepts print requests only from remote hosts that are listed in the local etc hosts equiv or etc hosts pd file The following example displays the entry for
251. pooling subsy a one of the printing c ands s s qprt Ip enq Depending the command chose are y options available t control printing ample options such print queue to be used the print job s priority and output control com ds are so the options that ca be selected T ands to request printing file d sed i 3 1 1 Sending Requests to int page 3 All the command reque printing vok d y place the p qu approp q W Chapter 1 Introduction enq command receives a print request it reviews information about queues and printers which it has read from the qconfig configuration file and then places the job request on the appropriate queue This is done by updating files in the the usr lpd stat and the usr lpd qdir directories Once a job has been placed onto a print queue the qdaemon process is responsible for the jobs and passes them to the appropriate printer via the correct backend program These backend programs are identified in the qconfig file via the backend entry in the queue device stanza Normally the queue device specifies that the piobe command or the rembak command be used to process the enqueued print request The backend command can though be a command or shell script that you have written to serve a specific purpose The piobe command controls printing to printer devices local to the system that the print spooling subsystem is running in The rembak command will take a print job and transmit it to a specified remote system for printin
252. printed This chapter includes sections that review the following topics e Sending print requests to a print queue e Listing print requests within a print queue e Holding and releasing jobs e Moving jobs between queues e Prioritizing jobs in a print queue e Canceling jobs in a print queue e Using the enq Command e Using the gprt Command If you are already familiar with the System V commands such as 1p cancel lpstat and so on or the BSD commands such as lpr Ipq or Iprm you can continue to use these commands for printing and managing print queues Appendix A 2 Compatibility of the AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem on page 200 reviews which BSD and System V printing commands are supported by AIX V4 1 This section focuses on the AIX V4 1 facilities that are provided to address these requirements These commands offer the greatest available function for making print requests and managing the print queues 3 1 1 Sending Print Requests to a Print Queue The first step in the process of printing is to place a print job or request into the print spooling subsystem AIX V4 1 features a number of commands and facilities to perform this task There is one prerequisite to initiating a print request though Before you can print a file you must have read access to it 3 1 1 1 Starting a Print Job Using the qprt Command The qprt command creates and queues a print job This command can also be invoked through SMIT via the smit qprt comma
253. printer 91 messages to operator 106 messages to user 107 mklanprt 135 mkpq 52 92 mkque 54 mkquedev 61 N nonsupported printers anexample 87 91 and device drivers 87 configuration choice 86 further customization 88 pass through printing 87 258 Printing Under AIX V4 nonsupported printers continued tips 90 P PCL 244 piobe 10 piodigest 73 piopredef 90 PostScript and AIX V3 98 and TranScript 99 datastream 245 overview 98 PPFA 6000 155 print job cancelling 43 cancelling remote job 128 cancelling remote job with rembak 130 figure of processing of 9 files associated with 10 listing status of 35 prioritizing 41 processing overview 8 removing 48 60 starting of 31 print queue adding 52 batch queue 49 bringing up and down 59 configuration approaches 51 configuring a remote queue 120 default queue stanza 47 definition 6 displaying configuration information 55 listing status of 35 modifying the configuration 56 queue device stanza attributes 48 queue stanza attributes 47 queue stanza in qconfig file 47 removing a job 60 starting and stopping 59 status of 36 with two backends 48 print server configuring 122 printing on 125 print spooling subsystem as ageneric spooler 99 associated files and programs 198 command summary 198 figure of 9 messages from 106 107 overview 4 6 role of piobe 10 role of rembak 10 print spooling subsystem continued running C compile example 100 printer ASCII termina
254. programming language capabilities e Scalable fonts Level 1 introduced Adobe Type 1 and Type 3 outline fonts e Smooth gray scaling Level 1 introduced hardware independent gray scaling e Multiple orientations on the physical page Appendix G Data Streams 245 Level 2 Enhances the base Level 1 by adding the following features e Forms PostScript Level 2 allows you specify a set of operations that constitute a form which may be cached e Color Level 2 adds more methods of specifying color for example index color and color separations e Composite fonts Unlimited character sets G 3 Data Streams Supported by Print Services Facility 6000 246 Part of the function of PSF 6000 is to transform print job input data streams into printer output data streams for the supported PSF 6000 printers This section describes these data streams e Input data streams e Output data streams G 3 1 1 Input Data Streams PSF 6000 supports these input data streams AFPDS The Advanced Function Presentation Data Stream includes text and inline resources such as form definitions and page definitions used by PSF 6000 to construct the data stream that them points to the overlays page segments and fonts This data stream is created on a variety of operating systems such as MVS VM VSE OS 400 OS 2 or DOS Windows MO DCA P Mixed Object Document Content Architecture for Presentation data stream which is subset of the AFP data stream The
255. qconfig and a etc qconfig file which were linked to usr lpd qconfig In AIX V4 1 we only have the etc qconfig file The etc qconfig file is in ASCII format but the commands that compose the print spooling subsystem actually use the etc qconfig binary version The etc qconfig ASCII file is digested by the usr lpd digest program to create a binary version called etc qconfig bin It is this digested binary version of the qconfig file that contains the configuration parameters that are used by programs such as enq or qdaemon For simplicity we will refer to both versions of the qconfig file simply as the qconfig file The qcontfig file is a flat ASCII attribute file in a stanza format Stanzas in this file describe either queues or queue devices Every queue stanza requires that one or more queue device stanzas immediately follow it in the file The first queue stanza to appear in the qconfig file describes the default queue If the LPDEST environment variable is set the enq command uses the queue name specified by the LPDEST variable If set this value is always used even if the PRINTER variable is also set If the PRINTER variable is set and no LPDEST variable is set the enq command uses the queue name specified by the PRINTER environment variable Any destination command line options over ride both the LPDEST and the PRINTER environment variables If neither the LPDEST nor the PRINTER variable is set the enq command uses the system default q
256. queue device is just like adding a new printer but attached to an existing print queue In the following example we will use SMIT to add a new printer queue device to an existing print queue To use SMIT enter smit mkpaqprt Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 61 62 Add an Additional Printer to an Existing Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Figure 25 Creating a Queue Device under AIX V4 1 In the previous screen choose the attachment type for your printer In our example we are attaching the printer to the local host so we have selected the local option The following screen is displayed Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Bull Canon Dataproducts Hewlett Packard IBM OKI Printronix QMS Texas Instruments Other Select this if your printer type is not listed above F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1lO Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next Printing Under AIX V4 In the previous screen select the brand of your printer In our example we are installing an IBM 4039 printer so
257. r ti2115 rs232 Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printer ti2115 rs422 Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printer 4202 3 4202 3 parallel IBM 4230 Printer Models 4xx and 5xx ibm4224 4202 3 4202 3 rs232 IBM 4230 Printer Models 4xx and 5xx ibm4224 4202 3 4202 3 parallel IBM 4232 Printer ibm4224 4202 3 4202 3 rs232 IBM 4232 Printer ibm4224 4202 3 4202 3 parallel IBM 4232 Printer ibm4224 4202 3 4202 3 rs422 IBM 4232 Printer ibm4224 4202 3 Parallel IBM 6408 Printer Models A00 and CTA 4202 3 rs232 IBM 6408 Printer Models A00 and CTA 4202 3 parallel IBM 6412 Printer Models A00 and CTA 4202 3 rs232 IBM 6412 Printer Models A00 and CTA Printing Under AIX V4 Table 14 PSF 6000 Printers Information Printer Resolution Attachment Required PSF 6000 Adapter Data Stream Accepted IBM 3812 Printer 240 pel TCP IP i data IPDS Model 2 Picture Elements IBM 3816 240 pel TCP IP i data IPDS IBM 3825 240 pel Channel S 370 IPDS IBM 3827 240 pel Channel 370 IPDS IBM 3828 240 pel Channel S 370 IPDS IBM 3829 240 pel Channel 370 IPDS IBM 3835 240 pel Channel S 370 IPDS IBM 3900 Advanced 240 pel Channel 370 IPDS Function Printer IBM 3900 Advanced 240 pel Channel S 370 IPDS Function Duplex TCP IP Printer IBM 3900 Wide AFP 240 pel Channel S 370 IPDS Printer TCP IP Token Ring Ethernet IBM 3912 Page 300 pel AlX defined no adapter PCL5 Printer Models ASO and NSO IBM 3
258. r 2 Installing a Printer 19 20 Printing Under AIX V4 gt e Select List All Supported Printer Plotters If your printer model is not listed you will have to install its device driver 7 In the previous screen press Enter to install your printer device driver The following screen will be displayed mae Install Additional Printer Plotter Software Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields INPUT device directory for software Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do a st 8 Press F4 to see a list of available installation devices in your system The following screen will be displayed Install Additional Printer Plotter Software Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields INPUT device directory for software INPUT device directory for software Move cursor to desired item and press Enter dev rmt0 1 2 3 GB 8mm Tape Drive dev fd0 Diskette Drive Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel Fl F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do F5 Find n Find Next F9 9 In our example we have a tape driver and a floppy driver We have all AIX software on a 2 3GB 8mm tape so we have selected dev rmt0 1 2 3 GB 8mm Tape Driver option After pressing Enter the following screen will be disp
259. r Do Find n Find Next Sei ae option The following screen will be displayed 5 Select your printer model In our example we have selected the ibm2380 2 Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 81 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II jbm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II TTY Name Move cursor to desired item and press Enter tty0 Available 00 00 S1 00 Asynchronous Terminal ttyl Available 00 00 S2 00 Asynchronous Terminal F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F10 Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next ae 6 Select the tty for the terminal that has your printer attached In our example we have our printer attached to tty0 The following screen is displayed q Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 2380 Plus printer gt Printer name tty0 Name of new PRINT QUEUE to add 2380ascii Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F10 Exit Enter Do 7 In the previous screen fill the Name of new PRINT QUEUE to add field with the name of the print queue for the terminal attached printer In our example we have used the name 2380ascii for this print queue If
260. r case 3 For the SCS data stream you must specify YES for the Transform SCS using the Host Print Transform 7 10 8 Printing from a OS 2 2 11 Client In order to print from an OS 2 system to PSF 6000 you must have installed TCP IP for OS 2 version 1 2 1 program product 02G6968 or later In the following example we use TCP IP version 2 0 program product 65G1220 This section includes the tasks you have to perform to 1 Configure the RISC System 6000 server 2 Configure the OS 2 2 11 client 7 10 8 1 Configuring the RISC System 6000 Server To configure the RISC System 6000 server perform the following tasks 1 Define the OS 2 System to the RISC System 6000 by adding the OS 2 System hostname OS2AUS austin ibm com to the etc hosts file 2 Give the OS 2 host authorization for using the Ipd daemon on the RISC System 6000 by adding OS2AUS austin ibm com to the etc hosts pd file 3 Verify that the Ipd daemon is running by issuing the following command ps ef grep Ipd 194 Printing Under AIX V4 7 10 8 2 Configuring the OS 2 Client In order to configure the OS 2 client follow these steps 1 Open the TCP IP object from the OS 2 desktop 2 Double click on the TCP IP Configuration icon 3 In the Configure Network Interface Parameters panel select LAN Adapter 0 Fill the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields as follows a IP Address 9 3 1 32 b Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 c Accept the defaults fo
261. r local system As you can imagine commands like qchk that query the status of print queues and printers must behave in a different way To facilitate these changes the rembak backend can do more than just send the print request to the remote printer The rembak program can send a request to a remote server The request can be a print job a status request a job cancel request or a request to kill the remote queuing system When you have configured your remote printing environment and issue the qchk A eng A or Ipstat commands things now work differently First qchk will query the status of local print queues and printers by analyzing the qconfig file and print spooling subsystem status files The command will also use rembak to request queue status information from the print server s As a result the response from enq A will now look like pe eng A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ READY 4019g1 1pQ READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY psth gand READY psth psdup READY psdup ps403 READY rasc gand READY rasc asc READY ascdup asc READY 737291 1pl READY You will note that there are two entries for the remote rasc queue The first is the status of the local queue and the second is the status of the remote queue asc Under normal circumstances the rembak command is called by the qdaemon command It is not intended to be entered on the command line by a user If executed from
262. r systems administrator are usually caused by conditions such as paper out printer timeout or other operation occurrences These messages are sent to the originator by default This option can be easily modified to include an administrator This is accomplished by changing the virtual printer and editing the si attribute To change the virtual printer s message sending behavior type Isvirprt Select the printer to modify type si and then press Enter to display the current settings If the value is null nothing is displayed then the submitter is the only user to receive the message To change this setting so that the submitter and jay receive the message type si jay and press Enter Set the value of the si attribute to a particular user for example mkj by typing si mkj when running chvirprt Note that this attribute is set in the virtual printer database therefore you may select different users to be notified of the need for intervention for different printers Note It is also possible to have messages sent to you via mail rather than as a message on a display This is done for example by using the qprt C command The si attribute only works for intervention messages Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 107 5 7 6 6150 Client to RISC System 6000 Server When using the 6150 RT as a remote printing client to a RISC System 6000 server ensure that the following line is in the etc qconfig stanza on the 6150 naix true
263. r the other fields Select Services The Configure Services FTP DOMAIN NAME SERVICES is displayed 5 Click on the lower right hand corner arrow to go to panel 2 of services 6 The Configure Services PINGHOST LPR REXEC panel is displayed 10 Now you have to define a remote printer For doing so fill the required fields as follows a Remote Print Server 9 3 1 28 b Remote Print Server s Printer q3825 Note In this case we are defining the IBM 3825 printer queue as the default remote queue for the OS 2 System c Maximum number of LPD Ports 8 In order to print to this queue you can enter the following command ew lpr config sys To print an AFP data stream file you have to use the binary flag ew lpr b DEMOS afp If you want to print to the AIX defined printer you can override the defaults by specifying the printer and hostname on the lpr command ew lpr pqaix s9 3 1 28 config sys 7 11 PSF 6000 PSF Direct Component The PSF Direct component of Print Services Facility 6000 PSF 6000 allows PSF MVS PSF VSE PSF VM or PSF 400 to remotely control any printer accessible to PSF 6000 PSF 6000 is licensed software for the IBM RISC System 6000 family which allows files on an AIX spool to be printed on IBM and non IBM printers that accept the following data streams Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 195 196 e IBM Intelligent Printer Data Stream IPDS e Personal
264. r you add a printer select Change Characteristics of a Printer from the PSF 6000 Printer Definition panel F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Enter Do pas i For the QUEUE DEVICES field we suggest that you define only 2 devices because the IBM 4028 printer is relatively slow and it doesn t have to wait for the jobs to be processed In addition you need to be aware that with each device defined to PSF 6000 PSF 6000 loads an instance of itself into memory The more queue devices used the more memory PSF 6000 will need 5 Exit SMIT by pressing F10 6 Enter the lpstat or enq A commands for checking the status of the queue Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk r41 dev1 READY r41 4019a READY pcl 1pO0 READY bsh bshde READY ps 1pO0 READY qaix devl READY psfppds devl READY q7913 dev1 READY q7913 dev2 READY 7 Test the queue by sending a print file to print gt eng Pq7913 etc motd 7 7 PSF 6000 Printing AIX has several commands used for submitting print jobs These commands are enq lp qprt and lpr You can use any of these commands to submit PSF 6000 print jobs just as you do for AIX print jobs The only difference is that you can use the o flag to pass information to PSF 6000 The o flag on the lpr is not supported by all operating systems Chapter 7 Pr
265. rding to the new printing needs that we have today the systems administrator has to have the ability to manage network printing printers and the different data streams that are supported now through PSF 6000 The systems administrators also must be able to understand the importance of a distributed environment and its advantages The implementation of this environment is a new task for today s systems administrator To effectively manage the printing environment a systems administrator must understand the following topics e The manner in which the AIX V4 1 print spooling subsystem functions e How to install printers e How to configure printers and the print spooling subsystem e How to print files and manage the progress of print requests through print spooling subsystem e Network printing options e The manner in which PSF 6000 functions e PSF 6000 supported printers e How to install and configure printers in a PSF 6000 environment Chapter 1 Introduction 3 e How to share printers with different PSF 6000 clients e How to print from different clients e The different types of data streams that printers support e What Palladium is e What Distributed Computing Environment DCE is e Printing with the AIX Gateway using print commands This document reviews these topics and addresses some more advanced printing topics printing via terminals printing via IBM Xstations and configuring nonsupported printers In addition it talks abo
266. revious command e The r flag specifies release the job e The flag specifies the job number to be released 3 1 4 Moving Jobs between Queues 40 Imagine a situation when you have two queues that have the same printing capabilities The first queue has many print jobs enqueued the second one is idle without any print requests In a situation like this it would be nice to move some print jobs from the first queue to the second one The qmov command moves jobs between queues by specifying the destination queue and e The job number e The queue name containing all the jobs you want to move e The user whose jobs you want to move To use SMIT use the smit qmov command Let s show an example using the qmov command The situation before moving print jobs is g qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1p0 DEV_WAIT 40 figurel ps root 224 1 1 QUEUED 44 screen ps root 224 1 2 QUEUED 45 inst ps root 224 1 3 QUEUED 46 example ps root 224 1 4 4019g1 1pQ0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ READY L p As you can see from the previous screen we have four jobs in the 4019ascii queue Since they are PostScripts files let s move print job 46 to the 4019ps queue Printing Under AIX V4 f qmov m 4019ps 46 qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ0 DEV_WAIT 40 figurel ps root 224 1 1 QUEUED 44 screen ps root 224 1 2 QUEUED 45 inst ps root
267. rint on the local system The remote systems listed in this file are not given the full privileges given to systems listed in the etc hosts equiv file The format of the hosts Ipd file is a simple list of host names If the host that desires to use a remote printer has not been defined in a remote host s etc hosts equiv or etc hosts pd file the error rasc lpd your host does Printing Under AIX V4 not have line printer access will be displayed when checking the remote queue status To configure gandalf to act as a print server for norm you must perform the following actions 1 Add the name norm to the etc hosts pd file of gandalf Enter the following command smit mkhostslpd 2 Fill the required fields as follows Add Print Access for a Remote Client Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields x Name of REMOTE CLIENT norm itsc austin Hostname or dotted decimal address F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do L 3 In the example above gandalf is being added to the etc hosts lpd file 3 To service print requests the print server gandalf must have its Ipd process running You can check to see if the print server is running by entering the lssrc s lpd command Issrc s Ipd Subsystem Group PID Status lpd spooler 10862 active If the response from the 1ssrc comman
268. rinter panel select Menus 2 Select Test Menus 3 Print directory Note The output should show something like this Optional Font Memory Size 1048576 bytes Page 1 ID TYPE Size Description 2 PCL macro 164 1 files s 232 bytes used 0 bytes unavailable 1048344 bytes free Appendix H Printing Tips 253 c Make a virtual printer for printing as follows 1 Enter the following command c mkvirprt 2 Change the c1 attribute to automatic overlay using ckvirprt q aovr d 1p2 a cl 33 amp f2y4X The c1 attribute is sent to the printer after all the other initialization sequences ci attribute 3 If you print to the virtual printer every page should conatain the overlay For doing so enter the following command e qprt P aovr anyfile H 4 How to Format Locally for Remote Printing The rembak command as a backend does not format data This is a problem with a number of situations such as the HP NetDirect card which is a network card with a built in Ipd daemon This could also be a problem with the IBM Pennant 3930 printers network attach card which supports Ipd protocol It is also a frequent problem for PC attached printers where the PC does little or no formatting H 4 1 A Solution for This Problem This solution uses the piojetd shell script as the model It works by creating a virtual printer using the a shell script backend Inside the script usr lib lpd piobe is called to format the data The o
269. rinter without knowing the location of this printer e Modular Either an administrator or a customer can install different modules in different workstations or it can be installed in the same workstation without any problem It is possible to add more components later following future needs and enterprise expansion Chapter 1 Introduction 15 e Printer Support Palladium is able to manage several data streams such as Intelligent Print Data Stream IPDS ASCII or PostScript It also supports Desktop Mid Range and High End mainframe printers e System Management When you have a large printing environment this point becomes very important Changes must be able to be made at one location and take effect across the network For doing so Palladium uses the DCE Directory Service e Coexistence Palladium supports AIX and OS 2 print commands Users can continue using the 1p and Ipr command while taking advantage of Palladium functions 16 Printing Under AIX V4 Chapter 2 Installing a Printer Installing a printer under AIX V4 1 and configuring it into the print spooling subsystem is a simple task when compared to AIX V3 1 Now you deal with only one object the print queue rather than the previous four objects queue queue device virtual printer and printer device To install a printer under AIX V3 1 and configure it into the print spooling subsystem you had to perform the following tasks e Connect the physical printer to
270. rinting Under AIX V4 6 2 4 Running the 4033 AIX Utility As a result of the restore xv command several files were copied in the usr lpp lap directory To configure 4033 attached printers you can use either the usr 1pp lap mklanprt command or SMIT This section describes the tasks you have to perform to configure a parallel printer using the SMIT and a serial printer using the mklanprt command 6 2 4 1 Configuring a Parallel 4033 LAN Printer using SMIT To configure a parallel printer using SMIT follow these steps 1 Enter the following command smit mkvirprt 2 Select Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Connection from the following panel 0 Description Printer or Plotter Attached to Host Printer or Plotter Attached to Xstation Printer or Plotter Attached to ASCII Terminal Network Printer Hewlett Packard JetDirect Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Connection OPWNrR Z Enter number from list above press Enter to terminate gt 5 3 Enter number 4 in order to leave the default value in the following panel Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Connection Wait period for printer adapter response in seconds 4 gt 4 4 Select the type of network that you are using In this example we have only a token ring network so we select number 1 No What is the network type 1 tok0 2 ent0 Enter number from list above press Enter to termi
271. rinting facilities are built upon the TCP IP communications protocols So to utilize remote printing facilities your systems must be connected via the TCP IP protocol and support the required TCP IP applications The rembak program is the backend program used by the print spooling subsystem when printing to a remote host or printer that supports the Ipd line printer daemon protocol which communicates on tcp ip socket 515 One example is printing between AIX systems where rembak on the client system sends a request to Ipd on the server system which is then passed to enq on the server to enter its local queueing system Other hosts that support the Ipd protocol include most UNIX systems TCP IP for OS 2 VM and MVS the flexip program for Novell Netware some internal printer cards such as newer HP JetDirect cards and some Printing Under AIX V4 network terminal servers such as Lantronics For large files sent to PC s use the T minutes flag on rembak to avoid timeouts The rembak command sends a job to be queued on a server attached somewhere else in the network via TCP IP protocols The rembak command works as the client that expects to find a process called Ipd daemon this works as the server that receives print requests for being processed by the local qdaemon The qdaemon passes the request to the piobe backend of the local system which continues with the normal local processing 1 2 A Technical Overview of Print Services Facil
272. rom the rentries in etc hosts file Do NOT make this system a BOOTP TFTP server if this was done previously when a print queue was created for this printer if another system has been 144 Printing Under AIX V4 configured as the BOOTP TFTP server for the card or if the card has been set to use network configuration data entered from the printer s front panel 6 Fill the required fields as follows if you made this system a BOOTP TFTP server otherwise don t fill the following fields e HARDWARE ADDRESS of the JetDirect Card e GATEWAY ADDRESS e SUBNET MASK Add a Print Queue Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Description IBM 4019 LaserPrinter Names of NEW print queues to add ASCII ascjetd GL Emulation gljetd PCL Emulation pcljetd PostScript psjetd Printer connection characteristics HOSTNAME of the JetDirect Card jetdirect HARDWARE ADDRESS of the JetDirect Card 12DE34ADEFFF GATEWAY ADDRESS 9 3 1 74 SUBNET MASK 255 255 255 0 Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1O Exit Enter Do 7 Press Enter After this is complete you can edit the etc bootptab file to look for the JetDirect name entry that looks the following vi etc bootptab dt old style boot switch T170 xstation only server port number T175 xstation only primary secondary
273. rs accessible to many users The following figure shows the AIX printing process plus the PSF 6000 printing proccess acting as an integrated printing system Note The capital letter C indicates that the PCL data generated by PSF 6000 is submitted for printing to PCL queue by the qprt P pcl dp Z command In this case piobe takes the control of the proccess and prints the job on a printer that supports PCL data stream What happens here is that PSF 6000 processes the job that comes in transforms the data into either PCL or PPDS and then places the job out on the normal AIX print queue for that device using the passthru mode dp Printing Under AIX V4 submitter AIX Print Command Print Queues Queue Daemon Figure 5 AIX and PSF 6000 Print Submission Flow 1 3 A Technical Overview of Palladium Palladium is a print administration and management technology that provides functions for submitting and controlling print jobs It also provides a set of system management and operator functions for controling print spoolers and supervisors All these functions create a robust reliable client server solution in an open system networked distributed print environment 1 3 1 Understanding Client Server Printing 14 Client server printing is the result of many changes that have occurred in computer industry In order to have a better understanding of these changes let s take a look at the following ideas Traditional co
274. s done Verifying requisites done Results WARNINGS Problems described in this section are not likely to be the source of any immediate or serious failures but further actions may be necessary or MORE 36 Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shel F1Q Exit Find n Find Next Mas at 14 Now that you have your printer device driver installed press F3 and you will get back to the prompt sign You have to start again from step 2 entering smitty mkpq until you get the next screen D Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II Printer Interface Move cursor to desired item and press Enter parallel rs232 Fl Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next a Chapter 2 Installing a Printer 23 15 Using the previous screen select which type of connection you are using to connect your printer to your system In our example we have connected our printer using the parallel port There is an example of this screen for a serial printer in section 2 1 3 2 Serial Printer Example on page 26 After selecting the parallel option the following screen will be displayed aa Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and pr
275. s discussed in section 4 1 1 3 Examples of Stanzas in the qconfig File on page 48 Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 101 5 6 Customizing Header and Trailer Pages 102 If you choose to print header and or trailer pages burst pages their format can be modified The header and trailer format files are in the usr lib lpd pio burst subdirectory The header files are H ascii H gl and H ps The trailer files begin with a T instead of an H The three formats are ascii for ASCII gl for the plotter and ps for PostScript For example the default H ascii file looks like this ce a a a a a a aE a a EE A A A A AAAA A AAAA AAAA AAEAEAEEEEEEEEHEEEEEH ce a a a a a a A a EE A A A a a A EAEEEEEHEEEEEEEH ce a a a a a a a EE A A A A A a a A a ce a a a A a a A a A A a AAAA AAA AAAA AAAA AAAA EE EAEE EE EEEE EEEEEH kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk t T oe p P oe oe gt a2 X X yoo oe n oe n kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk L J Figure 36 The Standard usr lib pd
276. s Facility 6000 155 definitions which can be added as another resource to a resource library In addition overlays created in other environments can be printed directly or used by creating a form definition that specifies the overlay 7 1 4 PSF 6000 Environments PSF 6000 works in many environments and it doesn t require a dedicated server However if you are going to manage many printers a dedicated server would be very suitable for performance reasons When you have multiple printers with multiple data streams the PSF 6000 has to make all the transformations which makes other applications run slower due to transformation proccess PSF 6000 can work in the following environments e Stand Alone Printing e LAN Printing e Distributed Printing Using TCP IP and the Network File System Stand Alone Printing In this environment you can have multiple ASCII terminals or graphical displays from which you can submit print jobs All the input data streams are generated on the host with PSF 6000 installed LAN Printing and Distributed Printing In a Local Area Network LAN you can submit print jobs to the printers attached directly to the workstation and to printers attached remotely printers attached to other workstations or printers attached directly to the network When you want to print to any kind of printer through PSF 6000 in a LAN environment from a client you have to use the Ipd daemon which comes with TCP IP This daemon provi
277. s Hostname Comments Items are separated by any number of blanks and or tabs A indicates the beginning of a comment characters up to the end of the line are not interpreted by routines which search this file Blank lines are allowed Internet Address Hostname Comments 192 9 200 1 netOsample ethernet name address 128 100 0 1 tokenOsample token ring name address 10 2 0 2 x25sample x 25 name address 127 0 0 1 loopback localhost loopback 100 name address 9 3 1 28 psf6000 bob4 itsc austin ibm com 9 3 8 1 norm PSF 6000 AIX 4 1 client e Update the server s etc hosts lpd file so that the client is allowed to send print files to a remote PSF 6000 printer on the server Follow these steps 1 Edit the etc hosts lpd file vi etc hosts 1pd Chapter 7 Print Services Facility 6000 183 2 Add the AIX client and name where netgroup is an NIS netgroup defined in the netgroup map The form allows access to any host in the netgroup while the form denies access to any host in the netgroup Lines beginning with a character and blank lines are ignored Examples host allows access to all users on host host denies access to all users on host group allows access to all users on hosts in group group denies access to all users on hosts in group 9 3 8 1 norm PSF 6000 AIX 4 1 client w e Start the Ipd daemon using the following comman
278. set F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1Q Exit Enter Do L J This is the way to add a virtual printer under AIX V4 1 When you are adding a print queue AIX V4 1 creates a virtual printer queue for each type of emulation the printer can handle AIX knows which kind of virtual printer queue it has to create based on the files the printer has in the usr lib lpd pio predef directory In our example the files that start with ibm4019 4 5 2 Change Show the Attributes of a Virtual Printer In AIX V3 1 we could use SMIT or the chvirprt and lsvirprt commands to change show the attributes of a virtual printer In AIX V4 1 we still can use the lsvirprt and chvirprt commands to have access to all the attributes of a virtual printer But if you use SMIT you will only have access to some default attributes of a virtual printer To change show the attributes of a virtual printer under AIX V4 1 1 Type smit Isvirprt and press Enter The following screen will be displayed Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 75 Print Queue to Change Show Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name g 7 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do ne 2 Fill the PRINT QUEUE name field with the name of the print queue virtual printer you want to change show or press F4 to
279. sible Values for qconfig Queue Device Stanzas Field name Default Value Explanation backend Specifies the full path name of the backend optionally followed by flags and parameters to be passed to it The path names most commonly used are usr lpd piobe for local print and ust lpd rembak for remote print access write Specifies the type of access the backend has to the file specified by the file field The value of access is write if the backend has write access to the file or both if it has both read and write access This field is ignored if the file field has the value FALSE file FALSE Identifies the special file where the output of the backend program is to be redirected Normally the full name of a printer device is used e g dev lp3 FALSE indicates no redirection and that the file name is dev null header NEVER Specifies whether a header page prints before each job or group of jobs NEVER indicates no header page at all ALWAYS means a header page before each job GROUP means a header before each group of jobs for the same user align feed TRUE NEVER Specifies whether the backend sends a form feed control before starting the job if the printer was idle Specifies the number of separator pages to print when the device becomes idle The default value never indicates that the backend is not to print separator pages trailer NEVER Specifies whether a trailer
280. sired changes TOP Entry Fields Name of QUEUE to add cc x Name of QUEUE DEVICE to add ccd BACKEND PROGRAM pathname u a948r3 spoolcc ACTIVATE the queue yes Should this become the DEFAULT queue no Queuing DISCIPLINE first come first serve ACCOUNTING FILE pathname B HOSTNAME of remote server 0 Name of QUEUE on remote server Pathname of the SHORT FORM FILTER for queue l status output Pathname of the LONG FORM FILTER for queue O status output BACKEND OUTPUT FILE pathname B MORE 5 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel1 F1O Exit Enter Do Nien e Configure the queue by selecting a queue name queue device name and backend program as in the previous screen You will note that the highlighted fields are the ones changed In this case the following was specified Queue name was set to cc This may be any name you wish as long as it is seven or less characters and unique Queue device name was set to ccd This may be any name you wish as long as it is seven or less characters 100 Printing Under AIX v4 The name of the backend program that will process the queued request In this case it has been called u a948r3 spoolcc e You will get an OK message from SMIT when the command has successfully completed Exit SMIT e To validate that the queue has been correctly installed enter qchk A You should get a response such as the one
281. so use SMIT to run this command Using SMIT is a lot easier because you only deal with the print queue itself If the print queue has any device associated with it SMIT automatically removes them for you If you have many print queues associated with the same device and you want to remove all the queues SMIT removes for you all the queues without removing the queue device except for the last print queue when SMIT removes the queue and its associated device To use SMIT enter smit rmque 4 3 Configuring and Managing Print Queue Devices In section 2 1 2 Adding a Print Queue on page 18 we configured a queue queue device and virtual printer in one process In section 4 2 Configuring and Managing Print Queues on page 51 we discussed the configuration of print queues We can also configure queue devices separately This section will describe how to perform the following queue device administrative tasks e Adding a queue device e Displaying queue device configuration information e Modifying a queue device e Removing a queue device 4 3 1 Adding a Queue Device The mkquedev command adds new queue devices to existing print queues Using the command line interface to create queue devices is a bit cumbersome therefore it will not be detailed in this document Adding a new queue device in AIX V4 1 is something different from AIX V3 1 Since in AIX V4 1 the queue device object is hidden under the print queue object adding a
282. src Stops processes and process groups managed by the AIX V3 SRC such as the spooler group or the qdaemon or Ipd processes A 2 Compatibility of the AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Part of the fundamental design philosophy of AIX V4 1 was to ensure that the facilities it offered complied with standards such as the IEEE s POSIX and X OPEN s XPG AIX V4 1 is also designed to be compatible with the major UNIX implementations available in the marketplace today To that end AIX V4 1 includes many facilities that form a part of the BSD or AT amp T s System V environments This section overviews the compatibility offered by AIX V4 1 200 Table 10 AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Compatibility with System V Command Supported Description AIX V4 1 in AIX equivalent V4 1 accept no Allows print requests qadm U chque Ipadmin no Configures print spooling subsystem smit Iprint lpsched no The scheduling daemon starts the qdaemon scheduling daemon startsrc s qdaemon lpshut no Shut down the print spooling subsystem stopsrc s qdaemon lpmove no Moves print request between print queues qmov reject no Prevent print requests qadm D chque cancel yes Cancel a print request qcan enable yes Enables a printer qadm U disable yes Disables a printer qadm D Ip yes Queues jobs for printing qprt Ipstat yes Queries print spooling subsystem status qchk A Printing Under AIX V4 Table 11 AIX V4 1 Print Spooling S
283. sses some of these options As was mentioned in the overview of the AIX V4 1 printing facilities in section 1 1 A Technical Overview of Printing under AIX V4 1 on page 4 there are two basic ways to drive printers through the device driver or a print spooling subsystem The following recommendations are some basic strategies that may be employed to configure nonsupported printers e An application may use the printer device driver to direct output to the actual printer e The print spooling subsystem and its facilities can be used to service nonsupported printers in several methods Your printer device may emulate or closely approximate one of the many supported printer devices In this situation you can configure your printer using the definitions for the printer that your printer emulates For example AIX V4 1 provides support for the Hewlett Packard LaserJet II printer type This printer is identified as an hplj 2 in AIX V4 1 If your printer emulates the Hewlett Packard LaserJet Il it can be configured using the AIX V4 1 hplj 2 device information This is the recommended approach when possible You may configure your printer device driver print queue virtual printer and so on but set the printing system to pass all print requests transparently to the printer In this case the application will take responsibility for correctly assembling the printer data stream You can still utilize the print spooling system to shar
284. stalled a 4019 printer and created one queue for each emulation mode this printer can emulate All this under the Add a print queue menu using the smit mkpq fastpath If you want to configure a print queue like in AIX V3 1 this can also be done using the smit mkpq command To configure a print queue and queue device 1 Enter the smit mkpq command The following screen will be displayed Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next a ee 2 In the previous screen select other User Defined Backend You are presented with the following screen Select the appropriate options and press Enter Printing Under AIX V4 Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes TOP x Name of QUEUE to add Name of QUEUE DEVICE to add BACKEND PROGRAM pathname ACTIVATE the queue Should this become the DEFAULT queue Queuing DISCIPLINE ACCOUNTING FILE pathname HOSTNAME of remote server Name of QUEUE on remote server Pathname of the SHORT FORM FILTER for queue status output
285. t 169 7 6 Configuring PSF 6000 for a TCP IP Attached Printer 170 7 7 PSF 6000 Printing 2 020000 00 eee ee 171 7 7 1 Printing from SMIT Panels 172 7 7 2 PSF 6000 Printing from the AIX Command Line 174 7 8 PSF 6000 Printing Management 178 7 8 1 Bringing a PSF 6000 Queue Up Down 178 7 8 2 Bringing PSF 6000 Up Down for a PrintQueue 180 7 8 3 Removing a PSF 6000 queue 180 7 9 PSF 6000 Troubleshooting 02002000 181 7 10 Remote Printing From Client Systems PSF 6000 Connectivity 182 7 10 1 Printing From an AIX 4 1 Client 183 7 10 2 Updating the etc hosts File on the AIX 4 1 Client 186 7 10 3 Adding a Remote PSF 6000 Printer from an AIX 4 1 Client 186 7 10 4 Printing From a VM Client 189 7 10 5 Printing from a MVS Client 190 7 10 6 Printing from an MVS System Using o Parameters 191 7 10 7 Printing from an AS 400 Client 192 7 10 8 Printing from a OS 2 2 11 Client 194 7 11 PSF 6000 PSF Direct Component 195 Appendix A AIX Print Commands 197 A 1 Printer Configuration Files Commands and Processes 197 Contents Vii viii A 2 Compatibility of the AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem
286. t queues to check the current status of the queues and the jobs you have submitted They also show the status of printers and queues This section describes how to use the enq qchk and qstatus commands to list queue information These commands report on the status of queues in a consistent manner Figure 13 illustrates the key attributes reported via the queue status commands and what they refer to Status Job Files 4019asc 1p0 RUNNING 24 figurel ps QUEUED 25 inst script 224 QUEUED 26 STDIN 15271 root bob4 354 4019g1 1p0 READY 4019pcl 1p0 READY 4019ps_ 1p0 READY HELD 22 prprint ps Queue The queue name used in the qconfig file Dev The queue device name used in the qconfig file Status The current status of the job See Table 1 on page 36 Job The job number of this print job which is used by many of the print spooling subsystem control commands such as qcan Files The name of the files being printed User The user ID of the user that owns the job PP Pages in the requested print job Percentage of the job completed so far Blks The number of blocks the print job has been broken into Cp The number of copies of the requested print job that will be printed Rnk The job s rank in the print queue the job ranked 1 should be printing Figure 13 AIX V4 1 Printer Status Command Information As you can see from Figure 13 commands that query the print queue status show the current state of printers and queues that are de
287. t III 13 devices cat 71 97 IBM 4079 Color Jetprinter PS 14 devices cat 71 98 Canon Laser Shot LBP B406 S D E 15 devices cat 72 106 Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4 16 devices cat 72 4 IBM 3816 Page Printer TZ devices cat 72 59 IBM 7372 Color Plotter 18 pioattr1 cat 1 734 ASCII Printer 19 pioattr1 cat 1 735 Plotter 20 pioattr1 cat 1 736 PostScript Printer more 2 Select the item number for your printer or press Enter to view additional printers 10 11 Make the selection of the next screen acording to your needs 12 Enter the name of the queue to which the printer is associated 13 Enter the time out value for printer inactivity The printer inactivity time is the period of time in which the network printer adapter waits for a busy printer before reporting the condition back to the user For PostScript mode it is recommended to use a longer time out value Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 137 Header pages wanted 1 1 No 2 Each file 3 Each job Select 1 Trailer pages wanted 1 1 No 2 Each file 3 Each job Select 1 What name to use for the printer Enter 1 7 characters q4033s Enter the printer time out value in seconds 60 60 A queue for each data stream supported by the printer will now be configured Please wait 14 Enter the required values and the names of the queues you want to configure for the printer as shown below aa
288. t the current attribute values for the IpO device enter g Isattr 1 1p0 E ptop 600 Printer TIME OUT period True line 66 Number of LINES per page True col 80 Number of COLUMNS per page True ind 0 Number of columns to INDENT True plot no Send all characters to printer UNMODIFIED True backspace yes Send BACKSPACES True cr yes Send CARRIAGE RETURNS True form yes Send FORM FEEDS True 1f yes Send LINE FEEDS True addcr yes Add CARRIAGE RETURNS to LINE FEEDS True case no Convert lowercase to UPPERCASE True tabs yes EXPAND TABS on eight position boundaries True wrap no WRAP CHARACTERS beyond the specified width True mode no Return on ERROR True interface standard Type of PARALLEL INTERFACE True autoconfig available STATE to be configured at boot time True busy delay 0 Microseconds to delay between characters True L J Figure 27 Listing Current Attributes for Device Ip0 Using Isattr 2 To list the default attribute values for the lp0 device enter f Isattr 1 1p0 D ptop 600 Printer TIME OUT period True line 64 Number of LINES per page True col 80 Number of COLUMNS per page True ind 0 Number of columns to INDENT True plot no Send all characters to printer UNMODIFIED True backspace yes Send BACKSPACES True cr yes Send CARRIAGE RETURNS True form yes Send FORM FEEDS True lf yes Send LINE FEEDS True addcr yes Add CARRIAGE RETURNS to LINE FEEDS True case no Convert lowercase to UPPERCASE True tabs yes EXP
289. tachment is installed and configured separately This section includes the following topics 1 Understanding the use of the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment 2 Understanding how the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment fits into network configurations Configuring the bootp daemon Setting up the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment Configuring PSF 6000 for a TCP IP attached printer Updating the 7913 microcode N O On A Q Storing the IP address in the 7913 s non volatile memory 7 5 1 Understanding the Use of the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment The i data 7913 makes it possible to directly attach Pennant IPDS printers on token ring and Ethernet LANs The i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment can be attached anywhere on the network cable bringing the printers closer to the end user and increasing productivity The i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment can be ordered via printer RPQ 8B4311 for a token ring Attachment and RPQ 8B4312 for an Ethernet Attachment Basically the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment is a hardware protocol converter you can use to communicate between PSF 6000 and coaxial and twinaxial IPDS printers The i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment requires TCP IP communication protocols When you plug in the i data 7913 IPDS Printer LAN Attachment it issues an initialization sequence request bootp request which contains its hardware MAC address to all systems availa
290. tains the PID of the currently running Ipd daemon etc qdaemon Queueing daemon etc qconfig Queue configuration file An ASCII file that contains the printer queue configuration information and the queue device configuration etc qconfig bin Digested binary version of the etc qconfig file that is used by programs such as enq and qdaemon usr lib lpd digest Program that converts the qconfig file to its binary form qconfig bin usr lib lpd qdir Job description files for print jobs queue requests Each job enqueued to the print spooling subsystem has an entry in this directory usr lib lpd rembak Remote printing backend program Sends print file to another host for printing usr lib lpd stat Information on the status of the printer queues and devices var spool qdaemon Temporary copies of enqueued files are spooled to this directory var spool lpd Contains the spool directory for control status and data files var spool lpd pio local ddi Contains the digested virtual printer definitions for each configured virtual printer var spool lpd pio local custom Contains the customized virtual printer parameters usr lib lpd pio predef Contains the predefined virtual printer parameters for supported types of virtual printers Table 9 Page 1 of 4 Commands Used in Printing Command Explanation Heritage cancel Cancels requests to a
291. te Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory ena Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Con lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated N other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next i e 3 Press Enter to configure a TCP IP printer 4 Enter the hostname of the printer as follows D usr l1pp lexmark mklexprt mklexprt sh 2 103 3 9 94 script to install a TCP IP printer Enter a TCP IP hostname for the printer ina4039 Note The hostname for the printer must be the same as the one defined in the etc hosts file or on the name server After you enter the printer name the utility verifies that the printer is attached to the network 5 Select a printer type from the list Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 141 Printer Type Move cursor to desired item and press Enter TOP ibm2380 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II ibm2391 2 IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 ibm3812 2 IBM 3812 Model 2 Page Printer ibm3816 IBM 3816 Page Printer ibm4019 IBM 4019 LaserPrint
292. ted to choose a name for each queue created for each type of mode your printer can emulate Choose names so that it is easy to remember the name of each queue In our example we have chosen the name 4019ascii for the ASCII queue 4019g1 for the GL Emulation queue 4019pcl for the PCL Emulation queue and 4019ps for the PostScript queue After choosing the queue names press Enter If you see a screen like the following you have successfully configured a printer into the print spooling subsystem COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Added printer 1p0 Added print queue 4019ascii Added print queue 4019g1 Added print queue 4019pcl Added print queue 4019ps F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shel F1Q Exit Find n Find Next k 2 1 3 Verifying Printer Output Characters with Iptest After a printer has been configured the ability of the printer output characters should be tested The printer may need to be reconfigured if problems are detected Output may be printed using the ptest command The syntax of the lptest command is Iptest Length Count The Iptest command writes the traditional ripple test pattern on a standard output device such as a terminal or printer In 96 lines this pattern will print all 96 printable ASCII characters in each position While originally created to test printers the ripp
293. ter This allows you to define an IP address through a menu on the printer 6 4 1 External JetDirect Card This section describes the steps you have to follow to configure a printer attached to the network with an External Hewlett Packard JetDirect card and how to add a print queue Prior to the configuration you have to read the documentation for your printer in order to obtain printer specific information to connect and configure the printer In addition we recommend that you read the documentation for the Hewlett Packard JetDirect card In order to configure the printer you must have root authority To configure the printer follow these steps 1 Enter the following command ne mkpq 2 Select the hpJetDirect as follows y Add a Print Queue Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll ATTACHMENT TYPE DESCRIPTION local Printer Attached to Local Host remote Printer Attached to Remote Host xstation Printer Attached to Xstation ascii Printer Attached to ASCII Terminal hpJetDirect Network Printer HP JetDirect file File in dev directory ena Printer or Plotter Attached to IBM 4033 LAN Con lex Printer Attached via TCP IP to IBM Integrated N other User Defined Backend F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next 3 Select the printer manufacturer then the printer type Chapter 6 Network Printing Options Printer Type
294. ter II ibm2380 rs422 IBM 2380 Personal Printer II ibm2380 2 parallel IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2380 2 rs232 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2380 2 rs422 IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 parallel IBM 2381 Personal Printer II iom2381 rs232 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II iom2381 rs422 IBM 2381 Personal Printer II ibm2381 2 parallel IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 2 rs232 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2381 2 rs422 IBM 2381 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 parallel IBM 2390 Personal Printer II iobm2390 rs232 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 rs422 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 parallel IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 2 rs232 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 rs422 IBM 2390 Personal Printer II ibm2390 2 parallel IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2390 2 rs232 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 Appendix B Supported AIX V4 1 Printers 205 Table 13 Page 4 of 6 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1 Printer Connection Printer Description Name Emulation Type ibm2390 2 rs422 IBM 2390 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 parallel IBM 2391 Personal Printer II ibm2391 rs232 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II iom2391 rs422 IBM 2391 Personal Printer II ibm2391 2 parallel IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 2 rs232 IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 ibm2391 2 rs422 IBM 2391 Plus printer Model 2 ibm3812
295. ter the following command e smitty spooler Select Manage Local Printer Subsystem Select Local Printer Queue Devices Select Change Show Characteristics of a Queue Device Choose the proper queue then queue device Change the BACKEND PROGRAM pathname to ustr lib lpd pio etc remout and press Enter Note You will need to do the change for each queue Test the queue with the following commands qprt Prempcl etc motd qprt Premps usr lib 1pd pio burst H ps qprt z Prempcl etc motd Appendix H Printing Tips 255 H 5 The remout Backend This is the listing of the remout backend 256 Printing Under AIX V4 usr bin ksh usr lib 1pd pio etc piorem JWT IBM 10 10 94 SHS OSHS SHE SHE SHE SHE OSH SHE SHR SHR SHE SR SHE SESH COMPONENT NAME Sample Code for Customers No Warranty C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1993 All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp This is copied after the piojetd script Designed to do local formatting on data and then send it to a remote host using a single queue Because we call piobe we must set up a virtual printer Recommend using attach to local host with device null This may not work for some remote systems exec 1 gt dev nul trap trap 15 kill 15 O exit 0 15 usr
296. ternal variables a z to store integers for later use The character is used to define the beginning of an escape sequence for an attribute in the custom and predef files The can be sent to the printer if it is entered twice For example sends the character to the printer To help explain the functionality of these commands Table 15 on page 223 is provided below with a brief description following each command The table can also be found in InfoExplorer by doing a simple search on Printer Colon File Escape Sequences 222 Printing Under AIX V4 Table 15 Colon File Escape Sequences Examples Escape seq Description d Pops an integer off the stack and converts to ASCII 1 9 d Ex 3d pops the integer and uses 3 chars if too small pad with zeros if too big only use low order bits C Pops integer value and only uses low order byte h Pops integer value and only keeps the 2 low order bytes oa Pops integer value like h but the order is low byte then high oIXx Includes the string whose attribute is xx NOTE if an included string contains a lxx then it uses a different stack ol XX XX Same as above except for multiple strings GXX Gets integer if not integer atoi is used and pushed on stack C Pushes character on stack as low order byte of integer value nn Pushes positive or negative integer nn on to the stack YoLXX Pushes t
297. tes need to be modified to correctly drive your printer Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 89 4 Modify the var spool lpd pio local custom 630 lp3 attribute file via one of two methods e The simplest way to change the options of a newly defined virtual printer is to run lsvirprt or smit lsvirprt The lsvirprt command is a good way to alter the flags since all the options have descriptions and the updated values are displayed The major disadvantage to using Isvirprt is that some of the character sequences that must be edited are long The lsvirprt command requires you to re key the entire string even if only one character is to be changed SMIT could be used if the flags you are updating belong to the Default Print Job Attributes SMIT does not bring you all the possible flags to be changed e It is also possible to edit the newly created custom file using your favorite editor This approach is potentially more hazardous to the health of your virtual printer but can be effective if you are familiar with the virtual printer database structures If you edit the file you must then use lsvirprt or piodigest to digest the definition The process of determining which values need to be changed is not simple It requires a good understanding of how the printer you are using works There is an example of this process in section 5 2 5 Adding a Printer that Emulates a Proprinter Mannesman Tally 87 on page 91 and virtual printer colon file
298. the command line it may bring the remote queue down so its use in this manner should be avoided Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 113 114 6 1 1 2 Remote Printing and the qconfig File To configure remote printers the qconfig stanza for the queue device features some entries that differ from those used for local printers These entries relate to some of the unique features of a remote printer queue device The variations in the qconfig queue stanzas for remote printing are e For e For e For e For the host field Example gandalf The name of the remote host where jobs will be printed This presumes that your TCP name resolution environment can identify the host name used the rq field Example asc The name of the remote queue on which jobs will be printed the s_statfilter field Example usr 1pd aixshort The filter used to translate remote queue status information into a short form for presentation via commands such as qchk Example usr 1pd aixshort It is the default value used when the remote print server is another AIX machine Example usr pd bsdshort For translating BSD 1pq command output when using a BSD print server Example usr 1pd attshort For translating AT amp T lpstat command output when using an AT amp T print server Example usr pd aixv2short For translating AIX 2 2 1 print q command output when using an RT running AIX 2 2 1 as a print server the _statfilter field Exam
299. the print spooling subsystem The administrative privilege approach allows a systems administrator to delegate some authority to administer a portion of the AIX V4 1 environment without having to give a user the sweeping powers of the root user or system group To configure the print spooling subsystem and perform many administrative tasks a user must either be the root user a member of the system group or a member of the printq administrative group Users who are members of the printq administrative group can manipulate the print spooling subsystem but do not have access to other administrative privileges Such as 50 Printing Under AIX V4 managing mail unless those privileges are also given to them The following table contrasts the functions that an administrator that is a person with appropriate privilege can perform versus the functions that a typical user can perform Table 4 User v Systems Administrator Use of Print Management Functions Function System User Administrator Start Cancel Print Job Yes Yes Start Stop Queue Yes No Modify Print Queue Yes No Prioritize Jobs Yes 1 30 Yes 1 20 Query Queue Status Yes Yes Schedule a Job Yes Yes Use Accounting Facilities Yes No Note User s own jobs only 4 2 Configuring and Managing Print Queues There are many reasons that you may want to modify the print queues and queue devices in the qconfig file You may wish to provide specific us
300. the ps queue will drive the 4029 in PostScript mode Chapter 1 Introduction 7 8 Printing Under AIX V4 1 1 3 2 How Are Virtual Printers Defined by AIX V4 1 The information about virtual printers is kept in a database After having configured a virtual printer you will find a file named something like ibm4039 ascii lp0 ascii lp0 in the var spool lpd pio local custom directory Each virtual printer configured generates a unique file in this directory This file contains all the printer control information that is appropriate for the ascii lp0 virtual printer This information can be modified via the chvirprt command or listed via the Isvirprt command The name of the virtual printer will also match the name of the queue and queue device specified in the qconfig file For example if you create the asc lp0 virtual printer using mkpq you will create a print queue called asc and a printer queue device called IpO in the qconfig file If you list available printers via qchk A this printer will be listed as Queue asc and Dev IpO 1 1 3 3 How Print Files Are Processed The second view of the print spooling subsystem that is important to the systems administrator is how print requests are processed by the programs that make up the print spooling subsystem Figure 4 on page 9 outlines the flow of a print request through the print spooling subsystem s of the AIX V4 1 ooling Subsyste As you can se e Figure 4 you pres e print request to the p s
301. tially enhanced print spooling subsystem This subsystem provides the flexibility required in the modern printing environment where printers often have multiple personalities allowing them to emulate a range of other printer devices There are really two views of the print spooling subsystem that are important to understand 1 The logical view of how printers virtual printers and queues relate 2 The manner in which files are processed by the print spooling subsystem First we will discuss the logical view of printers and queues 1 1 3 1 Printers Virtual Printers and Print Queues A prerequisite to a discussion on the print spooling subsystem is a discussion to define terms that are used From a logical viewpoint there are three major components of the print spooling subsystem These are printers print queues and virtual printers e Printers are the actual devices on which output is printed In AIX V4 1 printers are a pairing of the real printer and the printer device driver e Print Queues are the queues that print requests are directed to and the queues on which print jobs wait for an appropriate printer to become available Queues can be served by one or more printers e Virtual Printers A virtual printer is a single logical view of the components that make up a printer from a user s perspective A virtual printer describes the combination of a printer device a data stream that a printer supports and the specific configuration of th
302. tically to an AIX queue for printing by PSF 6000 This section describes how users from different plataforms can send print jobs to a PSF 6000 server All these clients use the 1pr command The following platforms are included e IBM AIX 6000 Version 4 1 e IBM VM e IBM MVS e IBM OS 400 e IBM OS 2 Version 2 11 The following schema shows all the possible clients that are able to print to any printer through a network using PSF 6000 Printing Under AIX V4 SOFTWARE ftp CONNECTIVITY NES ipr TO PSE 6000 ftp SERVER NYS Ip ftp PSF 6000 AS SERVER Figure 44 PSF 6000 Connectivity Diagram 7 10 1 Printing From an AIX 4 1 Client In order to print from an AIX client you must have configured TCP IP for both the client and the server In addition you have to perform the following tasks e Update the server s etc hosts file if you are not using a nameserver to define the client to the server For doing so follow these steps 1 Edit the etc hosts file vi etc hosts 2 Add the AIX client IP address and name The format of this file is Internet Addres
303. tion for using the Ipd daemon on the RISC System 6000 by adding AS400 austin ibm com to the etc hosts pd file 3 Verify that the Ipd daemon is running by issuing the following command ps ef grep Ipd 7 10 7 2 Configuring the AS 400 Client In order to print from the AS 400 to a PSF 6000 printer perform the following 1 The system administrator has to add the PSF 6000 host bob4 to the TCP IP Host Table using the CFGTCP command as follows 192 Printing Under AIX V4 Add TCP IP Host Table Entry System AS4001 Type choices press Enter Internet address 9 3 1 28 Host name 46 bob4 F3 Exit F12 Cancel 7 10 7 3 Printing an SCS Spooled File In this case we are showing how to print to the IBM 4039 printer qaix queue In order to print from the AS 400 System the file has to be already spooled so it can be printed via TCP IP The command that you have to use for choosing a spooled file is WRKSPLF Work with Spooled Files Starting from this screen perform the following tasks Work with All Spooled Files System AS4001 Type choices press Enter l Send 2 Change 3 Hold 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Release 7 Messages 8 Attributes 9 Work with printing status Device or Total cur Opt File User Queue User Data Sts Pages page copy 8 AS400FL GRICO prt l QPADDEVOQ001 RDY 20 1 Bottom Parameters for options 1 2 3 or command gt F3 Exit F10 View 3 Fll View 2 F12 Cancel F22 Printers F24
304. tional Technical Support Organization Austin Center The document was the product of contributions from several authors Virginia Ingram IBM US NTSC Dallas Mike Etherington IBM UK M J Beck IBM PSPC Austin Fernando Martinez IBM Colombia Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 xxi XXIi Printing Under AIX V4 Chapter 1 Introduction While the paper less office is an often mentioned concept the reality is that the vast majority of computer users still rely on printers to produce the information they want on paper The fact that in all probability you are reading this document in a paper form is testament to this fact For a systems administrator printers are a significant responsibility Printers are perhaps the most complex mechanical component of modern computer systems They require paper and specific supplies such as toner or ribbons to be fed to them They may have physical problems such as paper jams and they can require routine maintenance such as cleaning or replacement of specific components This means that they often demand more time and attention than other items such as terminals or processors AS 400 IBM 3930 RISC System 6000 ES 9000 IBM 3900 Figure 1 Today s Printing Environment The systems management issues that printers pose for system administrators though relate to the fact that they are relatively complex devices to configure from an operating system point of view Additionally printers o
305. to 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 32229 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecac ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe06 th_ack 50632260 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum feba th_urp 0 00000000 00 xxxxxxxxx Client says I m done with this TCP IP job addek dk kek packet transmitted on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 40 ip_id 11028 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f7f ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632260 th_ack e7a4fe07 th_off 5 flags lt FIN ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum fecl th_urp 0 aekekKeeKeKKKK Server ACKnowledges we are done x xK KKKKKKKKKKERERER KAKKKKKKKKKKK Sometimes comes with RST or FIN ACK xxxxxxxx xx kkk kkk Appendix F iptrace Diagnostic 239 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994
306. to specify the queue to print to a remote printer The following example explains how it is done using SMIT To use SMIT follow these steps 1 Enter the following command e smit qprt j 2 In the following panel enter the name of the queue as follows or use F4 key to select a queue from the list In this case we are using F4 from the following panel to select the queue we want to use Start a Print Job Type or select a value for the entry field Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields PRINT QUEUE name 0 F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do ees me 3 Select the rasc queue as follows Chapter 6 Network Printing Options 125 PRINT QUEUE name Move cursor to desired item and press Enter Use arrow keys to scroll PRINT QUEUE PRINTER DESCRIPTION 4019ascii ibm4019 ASCII 4019g1 ibm4019 GL Emulation 4019pcl ibm4019 PCL Emulation 4019ps ibm4019 PostScript psth Gandal fs ascth ascdup on gandalf asc on thiessens rasc ascii queue at gandalf 2380ascii IBM 2380 Plus printer Model 2 4019ps 1p0 ibm4019 PostScript 4019ps 1pl ibm4039 PostScript F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F8 Image F1O Exit Enter Do Find n Find Next ae asa 4 Enter the name of the file to print as follows Start a Print Job Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired ch
307. treams came out This concept is PostScript which is a programming language designed to send information to intelligent output devices independent of hardware When you send data to any PostScript device the driver translates the document into the appropriate PostSript command This command is sent to the printer for a final translation by a PostScript interpreter within the printer PostScript has its advantages such as a decrease of CPU time and device independence However it also has disadvantages which is that it take much more time and processing power to print a document on a PostScript device than to print it using other data streams 3 The third method is a new product that combines the usage of printer drivers with the capabilities of powerful intelligent printers which understand the IBM Intelligent Print Data Stream IPDS PSF 6000 translates many types of data streams from different platforms to the apppropriate supported data stream of a specific printer PSF 6000 incorporates a different type of data stream which was only used before on bigger platforms such as System 370 or AS 400 This data stream is the Advanced Function Presentation and Mixed Object Document Content Architecture for Presentation MO DCA P Advanced Function Presentation is the combination of printers and supporting software that allows you to print documents from a variety of operating systems Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 243 on all points address
308. tributes will allow print clients to mount the directory The clients can use this server s print attributes to display and validate print job attributes when starting print jobs destined for this print server Note that the Network File System NFS program product must be installed and running F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shell F1lO Exit Enter Do i a 4 Press Enter 6 1 2 5 Stopping the Print Server Subsytem To stop the print server subsystem follow these steps 1 Enter smit Ipd 2 Select Stop the Print Server Subsystem 3 For stopping the subsystem at this moment and on system restart select both from the following panel cm a ee Stop the Print Server Subsystem Type or select values in entry fields Press Enter AFTER making all desired changes Entry Fields Stop subsystem now on system restart or both both F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F4 List F5 Reset F6 Command F7 Edit F8 Image F9 Shel F1lO Exit Enter Do _ al 4 Press Enter 6 1 2 6 Showing the Status of the Print Server Subsystem To show the status of the print server subsystem follow these steps 1 Enter smit Ipd 2 Select Show Status of the Print Server Subsystem The following panel will appear 118 Printing Under AIX v4 COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Subsystem Group PID Status
309. trol field 0 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a a8 84 9d dst 10 00 5a c9 4e eb 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 56 ip_id 11025 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum 3f72 ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 1021 destination port 515 printer gt th_seq 50632220 th_ack e7a4fe05 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum 9af3 th_urp 0 00000000 02343720 63664135 36367465 7363680a 47 cfA566tesch kk kk kkkkkkkkxkx LPD says I m ready for control file k kkk Printing Under AIX V4 packet received on interface trO Tue Nov 8 18 39 27 1994 802 5 packet 802 5 MAC header access control field 10 frame control field 40 src 10 00 5a c9 4e eb dst 10 00 5a a8 84 9d 802 2 LLC header dsap aa ssap aa ctrl 3 proto 0 0 0 type 800 IP IP header breakdown lt SRC 9 19 129 11 gt sbhat aix dfw ibm com lt DST 9 19 129 12 gt tesch aix dfw ibm com ip_v 4 ip_hl 20 ip_tos 0 ip_len 41 ip_id 32227 ip_off 0 ip_ttl 60 ip_sum ecae ip_p 6 TCP TCP header breakdown lt source port 515 printer destination port 1021 gt th_seq e7a4fe05 th_ack 50632230 th_off 5 flags lt PUSH ACK gt th_win 15972 th_sum feeb th_urp 0 00000000 00
310. ts files to be printed in another The server manages the request an fulfills it by sending the files to an specific printer exactly at the location where the information is needed In addition you also have these benefits e Scalability A system can be easily expanded by adding more components and services Printing Under AIX V4 e Interoperability Enables you to use software applications from different operating systems to run on hardware provided by other vendors Client server printing requires an infrastructure on which to build client server applications And that infrastructure is Distributed Computing Environment DCE 1 3 2 Understanding Distributed Computing Environment Distributed Computing Environment DCE provides a set of tools and services that simplifies the development of client server applications DCE is sponsored by the Open Software Foundation This means that all vendors that offer DCE will offer the same services and tools Palladium uses DCE services to support print management functions such as a directory of logical printers command authorization notification and so on The tools used by Palladium include e Remote Procedures Calls RPC Provides communication between clients and servers by translating procedure calls such as print requests into network messages This messages are sent to the specific Palladium component e Directory Service Is a central repository for information about objects su
311. tx24 file var spool 1pd pio local dev p tx24 itsc austin ibm com xstation header never trailer never access both backend usr lib 1pd pio etc piolpx p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24pcl device p tx24 petx24 file var spool 1pd pio local dev p tx24 itsc austin ibm com xstation header never trailer never access both backend usr lib 1pd pio etc piolpx p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24ps device p tx24 petx24 file var spool 1pd pio local dev p tx24 itsc austin ibm com xstation header never trailer never access both backend usr lib 1pd pio etc piolpx p tx24 itsc austin ibm com ne We also have created four virtual printers the following custom files in the var spool lpd pio local custom directory Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics 97 e 1x24asc p tx24 e tx24gl p tx24 e tx24pcl p tx24 e tx24ps p tx24 And the following digested files are in the var spool lpd pio local ddi directory e ibm4019 asc p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24asc p tx24 e ibm4019 gl p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24gl p tx24 e ibm4019 pcl p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24pcl p tx24 e ibm4019 ps p tx24 itsc austin ibm com tx24ps p tx24 5 4 PostScript Printing Some Differences The PostScript language from Adobe Systems Inc is used by many modern printers to provide the complex font graphics and image handling capabilities demanded by modern applications The book PostScript Language Tutorial and Cookbook from
312. ty is very powerful when you are printing from host environments in which you have existing AFP applications In addition PSF 6000 can generate AFP data stream from applications running in Operating System 2 OS 2 and MS DOS Windows environments For AIX users PSF 6000 supports transforms that accept PostScript level 2 HP PCL ditroff DBCS ASCII EUC S 370 line data and uformatted ASCII as input data streams and produce MO DCA output Formatted ASCII used by the IBM Proprinter Il and the IBM QuietWriter IIl are also supported as an input data stream In order to convert these input data streams to output data streams you have to use a print command either from the command line or a SMIT panel telling the system the type of data stream you are using as input for example Postscript When you are using AFP data stream PSF 6000 recognizes this type of input data stream automatically Because PSF 6000 knows the type of data streams supported by the printer which will print the job you don t have to change anything in the application or in the printer in order to print your job The program itself creates the appropriate data stream supported by the printer The output data streams created by PSF 6000 are the following e Intelligent Print Data Stream IPDS used by Pennant Printers e Personal Printer Data Stream PPDS used by IBM s LaserPrinters e Hewlett Packard Printer Control Language PCL4 PCL5 or PCL5C Data Stream used by Penn
313. u can temporarily modify the characteristics of the device driver using the splpcommand or permanently modify them via the smit chgprt command These commands are discussed in section 4 4 Configuring and Managing Printer Devices on page 68 5 2 2 Pass Through Mode Printing As mentioned one viable strategy in using a non IBM supported printer is to configure a printer device and virtual printer but then only use it in a transparent manner This can be done on three levels 1 The printer device driver can be made transparent by setting the pass through flag p This is discussed in section 4 4 Configuring and Managing Printer Devices on page 68 2 The piobe command can be set to pass through mode using the piobe d p command This means the piobe passes the print request to the printer unmodified The piobe command always uses the device driver in pass through mode 3 The qprt print request command can be issued with flag that specifies that the print job be passed unmodified through piobe For example the qprt d p myfile will pass myfile to the printer without the printer database formatting information being applied to myfile 5 2 3 Configuring Nonsupported Printers An Example In this example a Mannesman Tally 86 printer is set up as a generic ASCII printer This printer does not emulate an IBM Proprinter Postscript GL or PCL and is therefore a good test The steps to add the printer are the same as those s
314. ubsystem Compatibility with BSD Command Supported Description AIX V4 1 in AIX equivalent V4 1 Ipc no Print Spooling Subsystem administration smit Iprint Ipd yes Line printer daemon qdaemon pac yes Printer accounting information pac lpr yes Issues print job requests qprt lpq yes Display print queue status qchk lprm yes Remove a job from a print queue qcan Note Ipd is part of the TCP suite of programs Table 12 AIX V4 1 Print Spooling Subsystem Compatibility with AIX V2 Command Supported Description AIX V4 1 in AIX equivalent V4 1 splp yes Display or configure printer device driver splp parameters qdaemon yes Daemon that manages print queues and qdaemon directs print request to printers print no Print files manage queues and devices enq qadm qchk qcan qpri piobe yes Standard backend program for printing to piobe a local printer lprbe no Backend program for printing on a remote rembak host Ipd yes Daemon that serves print requests from Ipd remote systems Appendix A AIX Print Commands 201 202 Printing Under AIX V4 Appendix B Supported AIX V4 1 Printers Table 13 Page 1 of 6 Supported Printers and Plotters AIX V4 1 Printer Connection Printer Description Name Emulation Type bull1015 parallel Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1015 bull1015 rs232 Bull Compuprint PageMaster 1015 bull1015
315. ued on 4019ascii queue enter qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pO DEV_WAIT 28 install ps root bob4 508 1 1 QUEUED 30 figurel ps root 224 1 2 HELD 27 inst ps root 224 1 3 4019g1 1pQ READY 4019pcl 1p0 READY 4019ps 1pQ READY HELD 22 prprint script root 27 1 1 HELD 26 inst ps root 224 1 2 qcan X P 4019ascii qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ READY 4019g1 1pQ0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps 1pQ READY HELD 22 prprint script root 27 1 1 HELD 26 inst ps root 224 1 2 N In this example e The status of the queues was displayed e Jobs for the print queue 4019ascii were canceled e The status was again displayed to verify that the jobs were canceled Notice that only the jobs for the queue 4019ps remain In the previous qcan command e The P printer flag specifies the printer name in which to cancel all jobs e The X flag cancels all jobs for the specified queue If you have root user authority all jobs on that queue are deleted If you do not have root user authority only those jobs submitted by you will be canceled This flag is only valid for local print jobs Chapter 3 Printing Files 43 2 To cancel job number 22 on whatever printer the job is on enter qcan x 22 qchk A Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP Blks Cp Rnk 4019asc 1pQ READY 4019g1 1p0 READY 4019pcl 1pQ READY 4019ps_ 1pQ0 READY H
316. ueue e Hold and restart print queues by bringing print queue devices down and up When you submit a PSF 6000 print job you can use SMIT to start a PSF 6000 print job or you can use AIX print commands such as enq Ip lpr or qprt We can use either the default paramenters for print job proccesing or you can specify other parameters from the command line with o flags Regardless of the command that you used the AIX operating system passes the print job to the enq command The enq command places the job in the queue you specified when the job was submitted When the job is submitted to a PSF 6000 queue the qdaemon invokes the PSF 6000 printer backend program called ainbe instead of piobe or rembak backend programs When you print with PSF 6000 you have to configure the printers that will be used with PSF 6000 PSF 6000 updates the etc qconfig automatically The printer colon files used by AIX are replaced by PSF 6000 with the information you specified using the PSF 6000 SMIT printer configuration panels This information is used by the ainbe backend program which transforms the incoming job into an output data stream of the type required by the printer that will print the job Since PSF 6000 is able to attach S 370 channel printers as well as medium speed printers attached to a Local Area Network two device drivers are provided One for channel attached IPDS printers and one for TCP IP attached IPDS printers This makes those printe
317. ueue name Copyright IBM Corp 1991 1994 45 oe a ee oe eee Jusr pd qconfig lt f etc qconfig lt flat ASCII configuration iles 4 eae symbolic link digests ASCII files into binary form invoked when qconfig bin is older than the qconfig file usr Ipd digest binar configuration ile Jusr pd qonfig binf digested file used by qdaemon and print commands qconfig File Relationships Figure 14 AIX V4 1 qconfig File Relationships The system default queue name is the name of the first queue defined in the etc qconfig file For example to set these variables to IpO for the Bourne and Korn shells enter export PRINTER 1p0 export LPDEST 1p0 To set these variables for the csh shell enter setenv PRINTER 1p0 setenv LPDEST 1p0 46 Printing Under AIX V4 A caution when one of these variable is set a command like cancel x a common method of canceling jobs will not find the job unless it is in the LPDEST queue 4 1 1 1 The Queue Stanza in the qconfig File The name of a queue stanza must be 1 to 7 characters long The following table shows some key stanza field names along with some of the possible values that appear in a queue stanza full description of the qconfig file and its options can be found in AIX Version 4 1 Files Reference SC23 2512 Table 2 Key Queue Stanza Fields in the qconfig File Field Explanation Possible Explanation of Value Name V
318. usr sbin cron piobe 2 wait usr lib lpd pio etc pioinit gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 pb cleanup cons 0123456789 respawn usr sbin getty dev console qdaemon 2 wait usr bin startsrc sqdaemon writesrv 2 wait usr bin startsrc swritesrv uprintfd 2 respawn usr sbin uprintfd infod 2 once startsrc s infod lpd 2 once usr bin startsrc s Ipd After choosing this option you should not choose it again unless you have changed the startup of the daemon at boot time If you choose this selection a second time the following message is displayed Printing Under AIX V4 COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr yes Before command completion additional instructions may appear below 0513 029 The Ipd Subsystem is already active Multiple instances are not supported usr sbin mkitab ident entry found in etc inittab F1 Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shell F1Q Exit Find n Find Next 6 1 3 5 Printing on Remote Printers Now that a remote print queue has been defined you should test that it is configured properly by sending a job to the remote printer and verifying that it makes it across the network When jobs are queued on a remote system the job number is the same on both systems This section will describe how to send jobs to a remote printer and the following section will describe how to verify that the job was queued at the remote host You may use any of the print commands which allow you
319. ut the supported printers in both the AIX and PSF 6000 worlds 1 1 A Technical Overview of Printing under AIX V4 1 To manage printers in an AIX V4 1 environment it is important to understand the way in which AIX V4 1 implements printing facilities This section reviews the manner in which printing is implemented in AIX V4 1 so that you may better understand the function of the print spooling subsystem AIX V4 1 implements printing in a manner similar to many other UNIX variants but with some key differences After reviewing this chapter you should understand the general printing approach employed in AIX V4 1 and be able to contrast it with other printing systems you are familiar with 1 1 1 Two Approaches to Printing Under AIX V4 1 there are two basic methods that can be employed to drive or use printers that you might attach to a RISC System 6000 They are 1 Printing by directly addressing the printer device driver In this environment an application or a user prints directly via the printer device driver The device driver is sent a file which it then directs to the physical printer There are advantages and disadvantages to printing directly to the device driver The major disadvantage is that you bypass the spool facility therefore lose your ability to serialize print requests to a printer via the print spooling subsystem This is because each application that uses the printer owns it for that period Printing directly to the print
320. utput from piobe is piped to bin cat which places the formatted data in a file The data is then sent to the remote host with ust lpd rembak Finally the temp file is removed so someone else can print to the queue This solution does not give you remote queue status because your local queue is calling rembak directly You could actually set up a remote queue to get this status You must have root authority to perform these tasks Follow these steps 1 Create a backend shell script See H 5 The remout Backend on page 256 for more detail One is needed for each remote system For my example we have named the shell file usr lib lpd pio etc remout 2 Give the shell script the correct permissions and ownership as follows chmod x usr lib 1pd pio etc remout chown bin usr 1ib 1pd pio etc remout chgrp printq usr lib 1pd pio etc remout Now you have to make a virtual printer following these steps 254 Printing Under AIX V4 O oa fF W PDP Enter the following command mkvirprt Select Printer or Plotter Attached to Host Enter null for the device name Select the printer and assign the queuename Choose response for header and trailer pages Choose a queue name for each queue for example remps for ps rempcl for pcl and so on You have to change the queue device for each virtual printer created to point to the special backend To do so follow these stpes 1 O oa A W PD En
321. vice is dev 1p0 PrintQueueName 4019ps Print queue name defined in qconfig file QueueDeviceName 1p0 Queue device name defined in qconfig file L a Figure 32 Virtual Printer File Naming Convention for usr pd ddi In AIX V3 1 the PrinterType for an IBM 4019 was 4019 In AIX V4 1 the same IBM 4019 has PrinterType ibm4019 All printers had their PrinterTypes modified in AIX V4 1 When you edit a virtual printer file via chvirprt or Isvirprt you are in fact editing the var spool lpd pio local custom entry The chvirprt command invokes the piodigest command to build a modified version of the digested file in the var spool lpd local custom ddi file If you look at the usr lib lpd pio predef or var spool lpd local custom files they contain a series of lines that look something like the following 678 _1 S D045 1 1810531 E GLO 66 700 _p DnE V W1 10 808 _q Dn 701 _s DnEnV W1 courier Figure 33 Example of an Entry in the predef and custom Files Each line represents a particular attribute of the data stream and the value associated with it For example _p is the print pitch attribute and it is set to a value of 10 characters per inch When we look at the virtual printer definition via the lsvirprt command we can see that each of these lines translates into something that looks like the following Chapter 4 Further Print Spooling Subsystem Configuration 73 l LINES per page 66
322. view 111 using 125 using messages 106 rmque 60 rmquedev 67 S S 370 channel emulator a adapter 160 amp 12 S370 loading the device driver 161 installing 161 verifying attachment 163 SMIT chgprt 68 chque 56 fastpaths 211 lod 116 mkhostslpd 123 mkitab 123 mkprt configuration screen 24 mkque 52 mkquedev 62 mkrque 120 260 Printing Under AIX V4 146 SMIT continued movprt 71 printer 18 printer device configuration screen 26 qadm 59 qcan 128 qchk 36 qpri 41 qprt 31 125 rmvprt 71 splo 68 example of use 70 supported printers list of 203 System V compatability summary 200 System V compatibility 31 systems administration administrative privilege 50 introduction 1 issues printers pose 1 knowledge required 3 printer device configuration screen 24 responsibility 3 user v administrative privilege 51 systems resource controller SRC and Ipd 119 T Texas Instruments OmniLaser 2115 Page Printer 104 trailer page 102 TranScript 99 transparent mode nonsupported printers 87 piobe 10 printer device driver 6 twinaxial 165 U user v administrative privilege 51 V virtual printer adding 74 and nonsupported printers 88 and piobe 10 colon file example 73 colon file syntax 221 creating a new predefined 89 database 8 ddi file example 73 definition 6 explanation of 6 figure of 7 virtual printer continued figure of database 72 files associated with 8 73 formatter 221 formatter program 225 importance
323. ws IBM IPDS Operating System 2 OS 400 Pennant Systems PSF 6000 Quietwriter RT SP2 VM ESA Xstation Manager The following terms which are denoted by a double asterisk in this publication are trademarks of other companies HP Hewlett Packard LaserJet HP PCL HP PCL4 HP UX JetDirect PCL5 PCL5C HP GL AppleTalk LocalTalk TrueType AT amp T Dataproducts DEC Alpha Ultrix Diablo 630 Display PostScript Adobe System Epson Palladium Athena Kerberos X Windows Lexmark MarkNet MarkNetXL Microsoft MS DOS Windows Motif DCE DME OSF NCR SystemV SCO SunOS SPARCstation Network File System NFS Solaris SUN NIS Solaris Texas Instruments 855 NetWare Novell UNIX Hewlett Packard Company Apple Computer Inc AT amp T Inc Dataproducts Corporation Digital Equipment Corporation Xerox Corporation Adobe Systems Incorporated Seiko Epson Corporation Massachusetts Institute Technology Massachusetts Institute Technology Lexmark International Incorporated Microsoft Corporation Open Software Foundation NCR Corporation Santa Cruz Operation Sun Microsystems Inc Sun Microsystems Inc Texas Instrument Incorporated Novell Inc X OPEN Company Ltd Other trademarks are trademarks of their respective companies Printing Under AIX V4 Preface This document focuses on the printing facilities available in AIX V4 1 It is intended to assist people such as systems manag
324. you are successful a screen like the following is displayed 82 Printing Under AIX V4 COMMAND STATUS Command OK stdout yes stderr no Before command completion additional instructions may appear below Added print queue 2380ascii F1l Help F2 Refresh F3 Cancel F6 Command F8 Image F9 Shell F1O Exit Find n Find Next Ks I 5 1 2 Testing your Printer To see if your printer is working first issue a lpstat command to list all the available print queues in your system In our example we have the following screen Ipstat Queue Dev Status Job Files User PP ascth ascdu READY ascdup asc READY rasc gand READY rasc asc DEV_BUSY 283 STDIN 15162 root bob3 2380asc ttyO READY Blks Cp Rnk In our example the printer is available through the 2380ascii print queue as you can see in the last line in the previous screen To test if the printer is working properly use a command of your preference send a file to the newly created print queue In our example we have issued the following command lp d2380ascii etc qconfig This command sends etc qconfig file to be printed in our IBM 2380 2 printer through the 2380ascii print queue Chapter 5 Advanced Printing Topics If you take a look at the qconfig file you will see the following stanzas for the terminal attached printer 2380ascii device tty0 tty0 file dev tty0 header never trailer never access both backend
325. you must use a PSF 6000 queue otherwise AIX passes the o options to the piobe daemon backend program instead of the PSF 6000 ainbe backend program The piobe backend treats the o options as file names The print job does not print and AIX issues the following message 0782 040 Cannot open print file This is an example of how to enter a print command using o options for a PSF 6000 queue enq P q3825 o datatype ps o duplex yes sample2 ps Printing Under AIX V4 The most common PSF 6000 o flags you can use for printing a document are the following o datatype Input data type o duplex Printing or not on both sides of the page o copies Number of copies of a document maximum 255 o bin Printer input bin o formdef Adds a specific form definition to a document o a IM Instructs the PostScript transform to create IM1 images for printing of uncompressed image data When you use the o datatype flag the transform commands are run automaticaly The transform programs are the following e ps2afp datatype ps This command transforms a PostScript Level 2 data stream file to an AFP data stream file e line2afp datatype line This command transforms ASCII and Line data to an AFP data stream file e db2afp datatype dbcsascii This command transforms Double Byte Character Set data stream files to an AFP data stream file e pcl2afp datatype pcl This command transforms HP PCL data into an AFP data stream

NETPRT

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents